]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
NEWS: add mention of time-set.target
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 242:
4
5 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
6 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
7 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
8 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
9 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
10 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
11 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
12
13 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
14 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
15
16 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
17 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
18 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
19 may be used to view this.
20
21 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
22 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
23 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
24 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
25 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
26 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
27 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
28
29 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
30 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
31
32 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
33 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
34
35 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
36 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
37
38 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
39 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
40 is a USB peripheral).
41
42 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
43 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
44 measured.
45
46 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
47 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
48 have privileges to do so).
49
50 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
51 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
52 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
53
54 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
55 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
56 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
57 namespace.
58
59 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
60 in which case environment variable substitution is
61 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
62
63 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
64 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
65 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
66 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
67 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
68
69 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
70 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
71 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
72 install CPU cores.
73
74 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
75 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
76 kernel 4.15.
77
78 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
79 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
80 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
81 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
82 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
83
84 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
85 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
86 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
87
88 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
89 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
90 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
91 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
92 enslaved devices is not operational.
93
94 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
95 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
96
97 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
98 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
99 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
100 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
101 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
102 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
103
104 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
105 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
106
107 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
108
109 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
110 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
111 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
112
113 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
114 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
115
116 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
117 configure CAN triple sampling.
118
119 * A new .netdev setting PrivateKeyFile= may be used to point to private
120 key for a WireGuard interface.
121
122 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
123 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
124 details.
125
126 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
127 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
128 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
129 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
130 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
131 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
132
133 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
134
135 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
136 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
137 controlling project quota inheritance.
138
139 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
140 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
141 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
142 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
143 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
144 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
145 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
146 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
147 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
148 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
149 partition.
150
151 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
152 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
153 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
154 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
155 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
156
157 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
158 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
159
160 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
161 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
162 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
163 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
164 be used in production yet.
165
166 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
167 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
168 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
169 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
170 input, output, and error are set up.
171
172 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
173
174 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
175 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
176 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
177
178 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
179 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
180 the specified expression will elapse next.
181
182 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
183 introspection data.
184
185 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
186 the reboot() system call expects.
187
188 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
189 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
190 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
191
192 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
193 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
194 ConditionVirtualization=).
195
196 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
197 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
198 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
199 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
200 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
201 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
202 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
203 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
204 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
205 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
206 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
207 during reboot with their own operations.
208
209 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
210 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
211 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
212 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
213
214 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
215 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
216 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
217 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
218 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
219
220 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
221 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
222
223 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
224 symlinks for systemd-networkd.service, systemd-networkd.socket,
225 systemd-resolved.service, remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
226 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
227 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
228 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
229 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
230 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
231
232 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
233 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
234 prohibited.
235
236 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
237 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
238 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
239 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
240 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
241 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
242 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
243 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
244
245 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
246 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
247 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
248 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
249 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
250 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
251 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
252 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
253 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
254 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
255 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
256 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
257 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
258 Gonzalez, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
259 Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias
260 Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser,
261 Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
262
263 — Warsaw, 2019-04-08
264
265 CHANGES WITH 241:
266
267 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
268 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
269 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
270
271 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
272 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
273 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
274 include the package release information.
275
276 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
277 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
278 option.
279
280 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
281 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
282 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
283
284 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
285 again.
286
287 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
288 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
289 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
290 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
291 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
292 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
293 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
294 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
295 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
296 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
297 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
298 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
299 installed .link files to *not* include it.
300
301 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
302 "persistent", now works again as documented.
303
304 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
305 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
306
307 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
308 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
309 used for side-channel attacks.
310
311 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
312 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
313 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
314
315 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
316 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
317 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
318 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
319 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
320 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
321
322 fs.protected_regular = 0
323 fs.protected_fifos = 0
324
325 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
326 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
327
328 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
329 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
330 POSIX shells.
331
332 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
333 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
334
335 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
336 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
337 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
338 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
339 points but otherwise empty.
340
341 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
342 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
343 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
344
345 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
346 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
347
348 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
349 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
350
351 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
352 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
353 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
354 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
355 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
356 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
357 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
358 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
359 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
360 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
361 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
362 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
363 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
364 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
365 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
366 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
367 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
368
369 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
370
371 CHANGES WITH 240:
372
373 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
374 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
375 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
376 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
377 an SELinux policy update is required.
378 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
379
380 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
381 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
382 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
383 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
384 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
385 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
386 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
387 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
388 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
389 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
390
391 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
392 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
393 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
394 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
395 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
396 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
397 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
398 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
399 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
400 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
401 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
402 the search path.
403
404 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
405 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
406 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
407 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
408 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
409 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
410 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
411 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
412 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
413 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
414 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
415 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
416 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
417 start job.
418
419 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
420 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
421 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
422 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
423 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
424 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
425 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
426 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
427 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
428 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
429
430 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
431 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
432 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
433 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
434 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
435 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
436 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
437 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
438 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
439 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
440 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
441 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
442 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
443 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
444 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
445 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
446 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
447 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
448 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
449 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
450 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
451 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
452 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
453 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
454 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
455 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
456 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
457 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
458 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
459 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
460 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
461 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
462 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
463 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
464 Java.)
465
466 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
467 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
468 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
469 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
470 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
471 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
472 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
473 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
474 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
475 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
476
477 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
478 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
479 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
480 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
481 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
482 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
483
484 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
485 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
486 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
487 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
488 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
489
490 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
491 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
492
493 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
494 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
495 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
496
497 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
498 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
499
500 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
501 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
502 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
503
504 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
505 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
506 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
507 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
508 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
509 latency.
510
511 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
512 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
513
514 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
515 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
516 instance part of a unit name.
517
518 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
519 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
520 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
521 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
522 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
523 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
524 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
525 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
526 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
527
528 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
529 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
530 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
531 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
532
533 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
534 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
535 to a file, and appending to it.
536
537 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
538 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
539 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
540 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
541 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
542 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
543
544 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
545 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
546 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
547 having to touch C code.
548
549 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
550 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
551
552 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
553 DNS-over-TLS.
554
555 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
556 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
557 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
558
559 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
560 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
561 until the system finished start-up.
562
563 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
564
565 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
566 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
567 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
568 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
569 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
570 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
571 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
572
573 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
574 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
575 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
576 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
577 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
578 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
579 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
580 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
581 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
582 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
583 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
584 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
585
586 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
587 instantiate services.
588
589 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
590 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
591
592 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
593 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
594 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
595
596 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
597 it is neither used nor maintained.
598
599 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
600 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
601 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
602 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
603 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
604 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
605 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
606 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
607 separated by colons.
608
609 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
610 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
611
612 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
613 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
614
615 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
616 "ethtool advertise" commands.
617
618 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
619 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
620 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
621 directly.
622
623 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
624 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
625 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
626 ID.
627
628 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
629 and generate various 128bit IDs.
630
631 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
632 and LOGO=.
633
634 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
635 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
636 from any hibernated image.
637
638 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
639 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
640 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
641 kernel exports them.
642
643 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
644 /usr/bin/.
645
646 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
647 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
648 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
649 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
650 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
651 now documented here:
652
653 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
654
655 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
656 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
657 installs during early boot.
658
659 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
660 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
661
662 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
663 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
664
665 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
666 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
667 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
668
669 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
670 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
671 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
672 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
673 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
674 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
675 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
676 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
677 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
678 is on AC power.
679
680 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
681 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
682 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
683 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
684 see:
685
686 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
687
688 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
689 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
690 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
691 and container environments.
692
693 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
694 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
695 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
696 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
697
698 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
699 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
700 journald per-service.
701
702 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
703 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
704
705 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
706 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
707 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
708 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
709
710 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
711 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
712 groups.
713
714 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
715 --ephemeral command line switch.
716
717 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
718 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
719 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
720 object itself.
721
722 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
723 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
724 not unloaded).
725
726 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
727 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
728 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
729
730 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
731 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
732 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
733 too. A taged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
734 "dead" state on success.
735
736 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
737 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
738 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
739 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
740 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
741 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
742 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
743 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
744 well-defined system service context.
745
746 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
747 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
748 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
749 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
750
751 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
752 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
753 continue to be used.
754
755 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
756 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
757 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
758 for example:
759
760 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
761
762 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
763 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
764 the command line's exit code.
765
766 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
767
768 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
769
770 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
771 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
772 support to systemctl and all other commands.
773
774 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
775 name as argument.
776
777 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
778 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
779 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
780 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
781 is improved.
782
783 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
784 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
785 initialize one to all 0xFF.
786
787 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
788 all files and directories listed in
789 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
790 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
791 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
792 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
793 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
794 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
795 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
796 the transition to the host OS.
797
798 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
799 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
800 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
801 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
802 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
803 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
804 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
805 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
806 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
807 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
808 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
809 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
810 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
811 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
812 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
813 these are opened they don't work.
814
815 At this point is is recommended that container managers utilizing
816 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
817 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
818 logic works again.
819
820 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
821 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
822 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
823 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
824 ignore it.
825
826 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
827 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
828 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
829 commands.
830
831 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
832 pam_systemd anymore.
833
834 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
835 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
836 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
837 policy took effect.
838
839 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
840 python-3.5.
841
842 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
843 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
844 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
845 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
846 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
847 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
848 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
849 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
850 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
851 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
852 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
853 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
854 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
855 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
856 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
857 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
858 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
859 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
860 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
861 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
862 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
863 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
864 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
865 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
866 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
867 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
868 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
869 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
870 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
871 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
872 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
873 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
874 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
875 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
876 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
877 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
878 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
879 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
880 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
881 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
882 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
883 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
884 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
885 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
886 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
887
888 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
889
890 CHANGES WITH 239:
891
892 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
893 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
894 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
895 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
896 a slot number associated.
897
898 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
899 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
900 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
901 independent.
902
903 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
904 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
905 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
906
907 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
908 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
909 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
910 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
911
912 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
913 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
914 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
915 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
916 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
917 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
918 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
919 e.g. NIS.
920
921 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
922 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
923 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
924 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
925 may be necessary to update the file.
926
927 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
928 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
929 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
930 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
931 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
932 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
933 documentation.
934
935 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
936 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
937 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
938 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
939 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
940 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
941 them.
942
943 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
944 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
945 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
946 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
947 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
948
949 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
950 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
951 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
952 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
953 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
954 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
955 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
956 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
957
958 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
959 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
960 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
961 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
962 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
963
964 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
965 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
966 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
967 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
968 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
969
970 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
971 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
972 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
973
974 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
975 that embedd a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
976 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
977 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
978 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
979 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
980 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
981 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
982 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
983 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
984 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
985 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
986 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
987 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
988 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
989 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
990 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
991 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
992 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
993 from.
994
995 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
996 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
997 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
998 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
999
1000 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
1001 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
1002 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
1003 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
1004
1005 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
1006 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
1007 hibernates again.
1008
1009 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
1010 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
1011
1012 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
1013 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
1014 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
1015
1016 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
1017 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
1018 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
1019 was not configurable and set to 512.
1020
1021 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
1022 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
1023 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
1024 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
1025 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
1026 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
1027 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
1028 in particular su and sudo.
1029
1030 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
1031 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
1032 synchronization has been received from the network. This
1033 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
1034 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
1035 services.
1036
1037 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
1038 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
1039 files should work for hibernation now.
1040
1041 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
1042 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
1043 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
1044 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
1045 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
1046 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
1047 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
1048 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
1049 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
1050 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
1051 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
1052 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
1053 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
1054 name following the last dash.
1055
1056 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
1057 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
1058 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
1059 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
1060 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
1061
1062 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
1063 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
1064 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
1065 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
1066 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
1067 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
1068
1069 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
1070 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
1071 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
1072 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
1073
1074 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
1075 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
1076 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
1077 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
1078 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
1079
1080 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
1081 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
1082 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
1083 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
1084 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
1085 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
1086 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
1087 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
1088 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
1089 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
1090 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
1091 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
1092 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
1093
1094 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
1095 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
1096 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
1097 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
1098 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
1099 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
1100 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
1101 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
1102 settings.
1103
1104 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
1105 expiration feature, if it is available.
1106
1107 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
1108 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
1109 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
1110
1111 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
1112 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
1113
1114 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
1115
1116 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
1117 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
1118
1119 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
1120 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
1121 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
1122 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
1123 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
1124 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
1125 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
1126 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
1127 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
1128 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
1129 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
1130
1131 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
1132 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
1133 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
1134 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
1135
1136 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
1137 about its state.
1138
1139 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
1140 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
1141 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
1142 "timedatectl set-ntp".
1143
1144 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
1145 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
1146 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
1147 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
1148 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
1149 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
1150 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
1151 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
1152 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
1153 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
1154 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
1155
1156 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
1157 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
1158
1159 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
1160 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
1161 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
1162 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
1163 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
1164 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
1165
1166 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
1167 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
1168 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
1169 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
1170 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
1171 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
1172 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
1173
1174 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
1175 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
1176 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
1177 shown.)
1178
1179 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
1180 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
1181 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
1182 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
1183 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
1184 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
1185 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
1186 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
1187 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
1188
1189 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
1190 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
1191 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
1192
1193 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
1194 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
1195 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
1196 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
1197 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
1198 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
1199 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
1200 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
1201
1202 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
1203
1204 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
1205 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
1206 automatically when the system clock changed.)
1207
1208 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
1209 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
1210
1211 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
1212 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
1213 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
1214
1215 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
1216
1217 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
1218
1219 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
1220 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
1221
1222 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
1223 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
1224 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
1225 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
1226 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
1227 external user databases.
1228
1229 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
1230 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
1231 refused due to the enforced limits.
1232
1233 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
1234 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
1235 manages.
1236
1237 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
1238 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
1239 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
1240 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
1241 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
1242 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
1243 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
1244 wher this is now used by default.
1245
1246 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
1247 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
1248
1249 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
1250 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
1251 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
1252 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
1253 update process in a generic way.
1254
1255 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
1256
1257 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
1258 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
1259 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
1260 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
1261 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
1262 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
1263 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
1264 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
1265 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
1266 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
1267 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
1268 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
1269 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
1270 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
1271 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
1272 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
1273 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
1274 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
1275 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
1276 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
1277 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
1278 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
1279 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
1280 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
1281 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
1282 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
1283 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
1284 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
1285 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1286
1287 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
1288
1289 CHANGES WITH 238:
1290
1291 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
1292 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
1293 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
1294 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
1295 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
1296 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
1297 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
1298 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
1299 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
1300 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
1301 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
1302 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
1303 to revert this change.
1304
1305 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
1306 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
1307 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
1308 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
1309 once at the end of the transaction.
1310
1311 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
1312 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
1313 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
1314 scripts.
1315
1316 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
1317 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
1318 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
1319 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
1320 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
1321 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
1322 still allowing local admin overrides.
1323
1324 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
1325 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
1326 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
1327
1328 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
1329 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
1330 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
1331 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
1332 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
1333
1334 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
1335 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
1336 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
1337 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
1338 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
1339 from package installation scripts.
1340
1341 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
1342 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
1343 without the user number ("u username -:456").
1344
1345 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
1346 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
1347
1348 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
1349 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
1350 /sbin/nologin for other users).
1351
1352 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
1353 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
1354 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
1355 --systemd, --user, or --global).
1356
1357 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
1358 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
1359 which are triggered meanwhile).
1360
1361 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
1362 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
1363 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
1364 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
1365 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
1366
1367 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
1368 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
1369 rotated very quickly.
1370
1371 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
1372 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
1373 pending bus messages.
1374
1375 * systemd gained a new
1376 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
1377 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
1378 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
1379 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
1380 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
1381 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
1382 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
1383 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
1384 session scope.
1385
1386 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
1387 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
1388 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
1389 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
1390 the tree to be accessed.
1391
1392 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
1393 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
1394 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
1395
1396 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
1397 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
1398 to keys in the main keyring.
1399
1400 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
1401
1402 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
1403 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
1404
1405 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
1406
1407 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
1408 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
1409 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
1410 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
1411 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
1412 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
1413 explicitly.
1414
1415 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
1416 the colour of "OK" status messages.
1417
1418 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
1419 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
1420 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
1421 be restarted.
1422
1423 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
1424 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
1425
1426 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
1427 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
1428 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
1429 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
1430 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
1431 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
1432 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
1433 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1434 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
1435 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
1436 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
1437 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
1438 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1439 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1440 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
1441 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
1442
1443 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
1444
1445 CHANGES WITH 237:
1446
1447 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
1448 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
1449 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
1450 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
1451
1452 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
1453 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
1454 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
1455 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
1456 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
1457 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
1458 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
1459 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
1460 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
1461 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
1462
1463 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
1464 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
1465 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
1466 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
1467 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
1468 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
1469 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
1470 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
1471 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
1472 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
1473
1474 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
1475 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
1476 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
1477 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
1478 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
1479 now provides explicit control.
1480
1481 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
1482 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
1483 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
1484 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
1485 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
1486 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
1487 unit types that already supported transient operation.
1488
1489 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
1490 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
1491 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
1492
1493 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
1494 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
1495
1496 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
1497 .network files all gained support for a new condition
1498 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
1499 versions.
1500
1501 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
1502 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
1503 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
1504 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
1505 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
1506 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
1507 understands RapidCommit=.
1508
1509 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
1510 Delegation.
1511
1512 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
1513 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
1514 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
1515 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
1516 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
1517 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
1518 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
1519 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
1520 --watch-bind= command line switch.
1521
1522 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
1523 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
1524 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
1525 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
1526 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
1527 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
1528 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
1529 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
1530 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
1531 "Disconnected" signals).
1532
1533 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
1534 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
1535 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
1536 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
1537 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
1538 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
1539 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
1540 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
1541 round-trips are removed.
1542
1543 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
1544 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
1545 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
1546 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
1547
1548 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
1549 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
1550 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
1551 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
1552 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
1553 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
1554
1555 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
1556 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
1557 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
1558 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
1559 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
1560 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
1561 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
1562 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
1563 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
1564 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
1565
1566 * sd-event gained a new call pair
1567 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
1568 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
1569 when the event source is destroyed.
1570
1571 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
1572 connections.
1573
1574 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
1575 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
1576 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
1577 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
1578 new transitional flag file has been added: if
1579 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
1580 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
1581
1582 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
1583 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
1584 manager.
1585
1586 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
1587 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
1588 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
1589 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
1590 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
1591
1592 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
1593 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
1594 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
1595 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
1596 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
1597 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
1598
1599 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
1600 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
1601 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
1602 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
1603 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
1604 level/target is given as an argument.
1605
1606 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
1607 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
1608 where UID and GID do not match.
1609
1610 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
1611 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
1612 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
1613 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
1614 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1615 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
1616 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
1617 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
1618 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
1619 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
1620 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
1621 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
1622 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
1623 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
1624 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
1625 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
1626 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
1627 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
1628 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
1629 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
1630 Палаузов
1631
1632 — Brno, 2018-01-28
1633
1634 CHANGES WITH 236:
1635
1636 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
1637 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
1638 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
1639 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
1640
1641 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
1642 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
1643 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
1644 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
1645 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
1646 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
1647 valid specifiers today.)
1648
1649 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
1650 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
1651 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
1652 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
1653 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
1654 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
1655
1656 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
1657 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
1658 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
1659 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
1660
1661 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
1662 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
1663 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
1664 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
1665 services are resolved properly.
1666
1667 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
1668 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
1669 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
1670 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
1671 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
1672 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
1673 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
1674 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
1675 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
1676 and btrfs.
1677
1678 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
1679 DNS server and domain information.
1680
1681 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
1682 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
1683 runtime.
1684
1685 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
1686 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
1687 empty for the first time.
1688
1689 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
1690 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
1691 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
1692 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
1693 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
1694 running in the user session.
1695
1696 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
1697 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
1698 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
1699 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
1700 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
1701 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
1702 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
1703 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
1704 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
1705 user instance).
1706
1707 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
1708 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
1709
1710 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
1711 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
1712 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
1713 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
1714
1715 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
1716 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
1717
1718 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
1719 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
1720 sleep verbs.
1721
1722 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
1723
1724 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
1725 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
1726
1727 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
1728
1729 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
1730 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
1731 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
1732
1733 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
1734 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
1735 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
1736 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
1737 instance.
1738
1739 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
1740 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
1741 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
1742
1743 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
1744 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
1745 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
1746
1747 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
1748
1749 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
1750 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
1751 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
1752 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
1753 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
1754 processes.
1755
1756 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
1757 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
1758 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
1759 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
1760
1761 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
1762 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
1763 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
1764
1765 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
1766 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
1767 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
1768 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
1769 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
1770
1771 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
1772 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
1773
1774 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
1775 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
1776 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
1777 time the specified expression would elapse.
1778
1779 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
1780 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
1781 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
1782 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
1783 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
1784 types, not just services.
1785
1786 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
1787 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
1788 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
1789 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
1790
1791 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
1792 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
1793 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
1794 interface for this purpose.
1795
1796 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
1797 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
1798 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
1799 anyway.
1800
1801 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
1802 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
1803 requirements of systemd.
1804
1805 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
1806 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
1807 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
1808
1809 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
1810 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
1811 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
1812 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
1813
1814 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
1815 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
1816 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
1817 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
1818
1819 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
1820 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
1821
1822 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
1823 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
1824 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
1825 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
1826 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
1827 managing software supports (such as pppd).
1828
1829 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
1830 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
1831 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
1832
1833 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
1834 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
1835 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
1836 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
1837 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
1838 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
1839 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
1840 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
1841 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
1842 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
1843 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
1844 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
1845 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
1846 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
1847 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
1848 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
1849 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
1850 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1851 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
1852 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
1853 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
1854 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1855 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1856
1857 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
1858
1859 CHANGES WITH 235:
1860
1861 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
1862 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
1863 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
1864 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
1865 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
1866 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
1867 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
1868 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
1869 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
1870 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
1871 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
1872 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
1873 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
1874 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
1875 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
1876 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
1877 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
1878 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
1879 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
1880 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
1881 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
1882 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
1883 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
1884 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
1885 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
1886 IPAddressDeny= see below.
1887
1888 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
1889 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
1890 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
1891 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
1892 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
1893 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
1894 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
1895 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
1896
1897 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
1898 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
1899 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
1900 used to change those values.
1901
1902 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
1903 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
1904 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
1905 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
1906 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
1907 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
1908
1909 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1910 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1911 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1912 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
1913
1914 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1915 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1916 one top-level directory.
1917
1918 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1919 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1920 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
1921 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
1922 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1923 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1924 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1925 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1926 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1927 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1928 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
1929 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1930 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1931 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1932 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
1933
1934 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1935 Meson-only.
1936
1937 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1938 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1939 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1940 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1941 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1942 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1943 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1944 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1945 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1946 acceptable to us.
1947
1948 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1949 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1950 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1951 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1952 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1953 requested at build time.
1954
1955 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1956 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1957 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1958 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1959 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1960 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1961 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1962 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1963 Type= setting which permits configuring
1964 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1965
1966 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1967 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1968 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1969 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1970 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1971 local frames between bridge ports.
1972
1973 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
1974 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
1975 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
1976
1977 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
1978 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
1979
1980 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
1981 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
1982 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
1983 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
1984
1985 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
1986 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
1987 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
1988 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
1989 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
1990 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
1991 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
1992 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
1993
1994 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
1995 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
1996 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
1997 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
1998 command.)
1999
2000 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
2001 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
2002 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
2003
2004 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
2005 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
2006 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
2007 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
2008
2009 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
2010 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
2011 configured, except for the credentials applied by
2012 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
2013 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
2014 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
2015 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
2016 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
2017 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
2018 on systems where this is not supported.
2019
2020 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
2021 sockets.
2022
2023 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
2024 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
2025 during runtime.
2026
2027 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
2028 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
2029 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
2030
2031 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
2032 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
2033 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
2034
2035 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
2036 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
2037 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
2038 Following this logic, two new special targets
2039 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
2040 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
2041 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
2042
2043 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
2044 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
2045 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
2046 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
2047
2048 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
2049 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
2050 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
2051 --wait".
2052
2053 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
2054 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
2055 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
2056 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
2057 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
2058 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
2059 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
2060 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
2061 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
2062
2063 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
2064 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
2065 containing information about the consumed resources of this
2066 invocation.
2067
2068 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
2069 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
2070 processes.
2071
2072 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
2073 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
2074 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
2075 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
2076 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
2077 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
2078 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
2079 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
2080 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
2081 systems for all five operations.
2082
2083 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
2084 the system.
2085
2086 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
2087 than UTC or the local timezone.
2088
2089 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
2090 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
2091 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
2092 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
2093 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
2094 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
2095 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
2096 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
2097
2098 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
2099 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
2100 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
2101 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
2102 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
2103 again.
2104
2105 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
2106 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
2107 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
2108
2109 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
2110 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
2111 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
2112 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
2113 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
2114 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
2115 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
2116 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
2117 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
2118 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
2119 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
2120 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
2121 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
2122 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
2123 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
2124 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
2125 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
2126 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
2127 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
2128 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2129
2130 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
2131
2132 CHANGES WITH 234:
2133
2134 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
2135 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
2136 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
2137 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
2138 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
2139 summary:
2140
2141 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
2142
2143 becomes:
2144
2145 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
2146
2147 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
2148 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
2149 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
2150 .device units.
2151
2152 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
2153 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
2154 running a systemd user instance.
2155
2156 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
2157 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
2158 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
2159 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
2160 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
2161 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
2162
2163 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
2164
2165 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
2166 (domain search list).
2167
2168 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
2169 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
2170 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
2171 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
2172 implementation of RA.
2173
2174 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
2175 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
2176 ISO date values.
2177
2178 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
2179 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
2180 devices.
2181
2182 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
2183 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
2184 option.
2185
2186 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
2187 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
2188 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
2189 default yet.
2190
2191 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
2192 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
2193 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
2194 SHA256SUMS files.
2195
2196 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
2197 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
2198
2199 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
2200
2201 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
2202
2203 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
2204 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
2205
2206 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
2207 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
2208 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
2209 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
2210
2211 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
2212 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
2213 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
2214 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
2215 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
2216 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
2217 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
2218 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
2219 systemd-logind to be safe. See
2220 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
2221
2222 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
2223 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
2224 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
2225 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
2226 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
2227 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatiblity, a
2228 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
2229 after all the plugins exit.
2230
2231 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
2232 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
2233 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
2234 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
2235 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
2236 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
2237 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
2238 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2239 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
2240 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
2241 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
2242 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
2243 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
2244 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
2245 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
2246 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2247 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
2248 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
2249 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
2250 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
2251 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
2252 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
2253 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
2254 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
2255 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
2256 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
2257 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
2258 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
2259 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
2260 Георгиевски
2261
2262 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
2263
2264 CHANGES WITH 233:
2265
2266 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
2267 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
2268 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
2269 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
2270 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
2271 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
2272 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
2273 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
2274 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
2275
2276 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
2277 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
2278 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
2279 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
2280 default selected on the configure command line
2281 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
2282 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
2283 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
2284 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
2285 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
2286 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
2287 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
2288 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
2289 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
2290 greatest stability and compatibility only.
2291
2292 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
2293 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
2294 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
2295 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
2296 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
2297 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
2298 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
2299 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
2300 further details about this.)
2301
2302 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
2303 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
2304 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
2305
2306 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
2307 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
2308
2309 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
2310 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
2311 with 'make install-tests'.
2312
2313 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
2314 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
2315 kernel.
2316
2317 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
2318 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
2319 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
2320 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
2321 by the Slice= option.
2322
2323 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
2324 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
2325 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
2326 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
2327
2328 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
2329 following choices:
2330
2331 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
2332 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2333 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
2334 (h)elp
2335 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
2336 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2337 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
2338 (y)es, execute the command
2339
2340 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
2341 because its meaning was confusing.
2342
2343 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
2344 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
2345
2346 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
2347 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
2348 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
2349
2350 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
2351 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
2352 state directly, without executing these commands.
2353
2354 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
2355 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
2356 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
2357
2358 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
2359 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
2360 combination with After=) have been started.
2361
2362 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
2363 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
2364 setting, and which system calls they contain.
2365
2366 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
2367 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
2368 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
2369 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
2370 configuration related calls.
2371
2372 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
2373 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
2374 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
2375 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
2376 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
2377 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
2378 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
2379
2380 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
2381 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
2382
2383 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
2384 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
2385 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
2386
2387 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
2388 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
2389
2390 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
2391 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
2392 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
2393 for compatibility.
2394
2395 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
2396 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
2397
2398 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
2399 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
2400
2401 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
2402 support for negative matching.
2403
2404 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
2405
2406 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
2407 permitted runtime of the mount command.
2408
2409 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
2410 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
2411 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
2412 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
2413 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
2414 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
2415 removed from the drive.
2416
2417 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
2418 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
2419
2420 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
2421 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
2422
2423 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
2424 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
2425 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
2426
2427 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
2428 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
2429 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
2430 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
2431 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
2432 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
2433 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
2434
2435 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
2436 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
2437 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
2438 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
2439 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
2440 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
2441
2442 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
2443 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
2444
2445 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
2446 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
2447 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
2448 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
2449 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
2450 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
2451 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
2452 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
2453
2454 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
2455 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
2456 including all control processes.
2457
2458 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
2459 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
2460 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
2461
2462 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2463 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
2464 prefixing the source path with "+".
2465
2466 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2467 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
2468 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
2469 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
2470 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
2471 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
2472 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
2473 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
2474
2475 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
2476 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
2477 before).
2478
2479 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
2480 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
2481 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
2482 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
2483 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
2484 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
2485 the new --root-hash= command line option).
2486
2487 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
2488 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
2489 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
2490 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
2491 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
2492 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
2493 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
2494 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
2495 versions.
2496
2497 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
2498 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
2499 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
2500 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
2501 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
2502 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
2503 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
2504 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
2505 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
2506 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
2507 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
2508 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
2509 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
2510 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
2511 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
2512 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
2513 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
2514 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
2515 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
2516 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
2517 a Verity-enabled root partition.
2518
2519 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
2520 accelerometer quirks.
2521
2522 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
2523 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
2524 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
2525 ID of each service.
2526
2527 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
2528 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
2529 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
2530 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
2531 view.
2532
2533 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
2534 environment variables:
2535
2536 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
2537
2538 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
2539 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
2540 address.
2541
2542 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
2543 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
2544 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
2545
2546 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
2547 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
2548 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
2549 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
2550 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
2551 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
2552 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
2553 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
2554 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
2555 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
2556 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
2557 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
2558 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
2559
2560 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
2561 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
2562 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
2563
2564 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
2565 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
2566
2567 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
2568 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
2569 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
2570 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
2571 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
2572
2573 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
2574 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
2575 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
2576
2577 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
2578 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
2579
2580 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
2581 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
2582 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
2583 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
2584
2585 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
2586 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
2587 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
2588 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
2589 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
2590 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
2591 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
2592 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
2593 possibly even including full integrity data.
2594
2595 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
2596 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
2597 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
2598 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
2599 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
2600
2601 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
2602 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
2603 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
2604 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
2605 directly with systemd-nspawn.
2606
2607 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
2608 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
2609 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
2610 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
2611
2612 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
2613 of coredumps in reverse order.
2614
2615 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
2616 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
2617 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
2618 additional informational message in its output.
2619
2620 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
2621 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
2622 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
2623
2624 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
2625 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
2626 scripting languages such as Python.
2627
2628 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
2629 namespacing is enabled for them.
2630
2631 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
2632 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
2633 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
2634 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
2635 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
2636 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
2637
2638 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
2639 root key (KSK).
2640
2641 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
2642 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
2643 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
2644
2645 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
2646 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
2647 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
2648 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
2649 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
2650 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
2651 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
2652 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
2653 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
2654 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
2655 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
2656 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
2657 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
2658 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
2659 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
2660 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
2661 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
2662 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
2663 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
2664 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
2665 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
2666 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
2667 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
2668 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
2669 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
2670 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
2671 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
2672 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
2673 Тихонов
2674
2675 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
2676
2677 CHANGES WITH 232:
2678
2679 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
2680 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
2681 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
2682 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
2683 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
2684 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
2685
2686 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
2687 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
2688
2689 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
2690 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
2691 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
2692
2693 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
2694 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
2695 to be remounted read-only for a service.
2696
2697 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
2698 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
2699 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
2700 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
2701
2702 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
2703 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
2704
2705 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
2706 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
2707 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
2708
2709 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
2710 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
2711 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
2712 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
2713 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
2714 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
2715 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
2716 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
2717 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
2718 permanent modifications to the system.
2719
2720 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
2721 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
2722 container or chroot environments.
2723
2724 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
2725 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
2726 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
2727 mapped to nobody.
2728
2729 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
2730 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
2731 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
2732 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
2733
2734 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
2735 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
2736
2737 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
2738 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
2739 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
2740 and the support is provisional.
2741
2742 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
2743 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
2744 unit files in the file system).
2745
2746 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
2747 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
2748 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
2749 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
2750 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
2751 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
2752 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
2753 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
2754 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
2755 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
2756 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
2757 state is fixed automatically.
2758
2759 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
2760 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
2761 option.
2762
2763 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
2764 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
2765 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
2766 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
2767 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
2768 else.
2769
2770 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
2771 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
2772 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
2773 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
2774 bootable on physical systems.
2775
2776 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
2777
2778 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
2779 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
2780 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
2781 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
2782 used.
2783
2784 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
2785 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
2786 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
2787 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
2788
2789 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
2790
2791 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
2792 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
2793 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
2794 of the container).
2795
2796 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
2797 files from the specified location.
2798
2799 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
2800 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
2801 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
2802 be active.
2803
2804 * The hardware database has been extended to support
2805 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
2806 trackball devices.
2807
2808 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
2809 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
2810 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
2811
2812 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
2813 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
2814 specified service binary exited.)
2815
2816 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
2817 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
2818
2819 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
2820 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
2821 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
2822 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
2823 --since= and --until= options.
2824
2825 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
2826 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
2827 are automatically propagated to the container.
2828
2829 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
2830 from a single IP address can be limited with
2831 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
2832 MaxConnections=.
2833
2834 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
2835 configuration.
2836
2837 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
2838 drop-ins.
2839
2840 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
2841 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
2842 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
2843 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
2844 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
2845 [Link] section of .link files.
2846
2847 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
2848 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
2849 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
2850 section of .netdev files.
2851
2852 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
2853 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
2854 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
2855
2856 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
2857 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
2858 .network files.
2859
2860 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
2861 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
2862 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
2863 service runtime cycle.
2864
2865 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
2866 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
2867 has been traditionally doing.
2868
2869 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
2870 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
2871 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
2872 prevent any later plugins from running.
2873
2874 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
2875 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
2876 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
2877 default of SplitMode=uid.
2878
2879 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
2880 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
2881 useful.
2882
2883 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
2884 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
2885 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
2886 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
2887 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
2888 individual namespaces.
2889
2890 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
2891 the output, as well as OS release information.
2892
2893 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
2894
2895 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
2896 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
2897 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
2898 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
2899 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
2900
2901 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
2902 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
2903 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
2904 severed.
2905
2906 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
2907 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
2908 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
2909 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
2910 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2911 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2912 information about exit statuses and results.
2913
2914 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2915 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2916 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2917 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2918 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2919 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2920
2921 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2922
2923 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2924 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2925 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2926 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2927 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2928 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2929 entirely.
2930
2931 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2932 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2933 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2934
2935 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2936 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2937 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2938 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2939 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2940 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2941 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2942 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2943 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2944 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2945 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2946 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2947 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2948 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2949 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2950 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2951 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2952
2953 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2954 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2955 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2956 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2957
2958 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2959 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2960 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2961 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2962
2963 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2964 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2965 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2966 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2967 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2968 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2969 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2970 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2971 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
2972 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
2973 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
2974 fragment entirely.)
2975
2976 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
2977 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
2978 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
2979
2980 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
2981 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
2982 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
2983 FileDescriptorName= setting.
2984
2985 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
2986 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
2987 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
2988 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
2989 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
2990 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
2991
2992 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
2993 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
2994
2995 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
2996 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
2997
2998 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
2999 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
3000 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
3001 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
3002 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
3003
3004 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
3005 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
3006 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
3007 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3008 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
3009 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
3010 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
3011 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
3012 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
3013 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
3014 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
3015 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
3016 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
3017 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
3018 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
3019 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
3020 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
3021 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
3022 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
3023 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
3024 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
3025 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
3026 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
3027 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
3028 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3029 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3030
3031 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
3032
3033 CHANGES WITH 231:
3034
3035 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
3036 with an additional special character as first argument of the
3037 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
3038 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
3039 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
3040 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
3041 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
3042 independently.
3043
3044 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
3045 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
3046
3047 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
3048 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
3049 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
3050 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
3051 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
3052 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
3053 values.
3054
3055 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
3056 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
3057 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
3058 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
3059 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
3060
3061 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
3062 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
3063 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
3064 7:10am every day.
3065
3066 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
3067 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
3068 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
3069 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
3070 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
3071 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
3072 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
3073 available for compatibility.
3074
3075 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
3076 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
3077 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
3078 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
3079 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
3080 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
3081
3082 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
3083 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
3084 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
3085 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
3086 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
3087 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
3088 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
3089 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
3090 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
3091
3092 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
3093 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
3094 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
3095 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
3096 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
3097 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
3098 desired options.
3099
3100 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
3101 cgroup v2.
3102
3103 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
3104 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
3105 limited to subgroups of that group.
3106
3107 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
3108 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
3109 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
3110 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
3111 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
3112 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
3113 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
3114 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
3115
3116 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
3117 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
3118 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
3119 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
3120 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
3121 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
3122 own long-running services.
3123
3124 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
3125 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
3126 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
3127 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
3128
3129 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
3130 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
3131 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
3132 propagates this notification further to the service manager
3133 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
3134 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
3135 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
3136 primitives.
3137
3138 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
3139 "terminate".
3140
3141 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
3142 link-local IPv6 addresses.
3143
3144 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
3145 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
3146 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
3147 --flush-caches".
3148
3149 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
3150 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
3151 is shown.
3152
3153 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
3154 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
3155 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
3156 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
3157 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
3158 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
3159
3160 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
3161 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
3162 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
3163 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
3164 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
3165 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
3166 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
3167 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
3168 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
3169 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
3170 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
3171 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
3172 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
3173 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
3174 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
3175 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
3176 bus API instead.
3177
3178 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
3179 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
3180 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
3181 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
3182
3183 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
3184 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
3185 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
3186 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
3187
3188 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
3189 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
3190 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
3191
3192 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
3193 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
3194
3195 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
3196 interface configuration.
3197
3198 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
3199 specifying the --force switch.
3200
3201 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
3202 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
3203 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
3204
3205 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
3206 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
3207 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
3208 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
3209 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
3210 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
3211 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
3212 to be handled.
3213
3214 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
3215 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
3216
3217 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
3218 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
3219
3220 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
3221 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
3222 of persistent symlinks for that device.
3223
3224 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
3225 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
3226
3227 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
3228 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
3229 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
3230 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
3231 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
3232 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
3233 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
3234 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
3235 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
3236 library.
3237
3238 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
3239 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
3240 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
3241 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
3242 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
3243 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
3244 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
3245 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
3246 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
3247 doc/HACKING for details.
3248
3249 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
3250 distribution's bugtracker.
3251
3252 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
3253 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
3254 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
3255 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
3256 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
3257 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
3258 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
3259 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
3260 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
3261 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
3262 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
3263 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
3264 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
3265 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
3266 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
3267 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
3268 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
3269 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
3270 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3271
3272 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
3273
3274 CHANGES WITH 230:
3275
3276 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
3277 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
3278 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
3279 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
3280 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
3281 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
3282 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
3283 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
3284 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
3285 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
3286 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
3287 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
3288 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
3289 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
3290 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
3291 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
3292 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
3293 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
3294 applications.)
3295
3296 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
3297 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
3298 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
3299
3300 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
3301 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
3302 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
3303 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
3304 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
3305 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
3306 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
3307
3308 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
3309 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
3310 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
3311 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
3312 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
3313 command works for tmux.
3314
3315 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
3316 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
3317 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
3318 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
3319 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
3320 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
3321
3322 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
3323 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
3324
3325 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
3326 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
3327 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
3328
3329 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
3330
3331 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
3332 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
3333 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
3334 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
3335 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
3336
3337 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
3338 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
3339 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
3340 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
3341
3342 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
3343 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
3344 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
3345 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
3346 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
3347 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
3348
3349 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
3350 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
3351 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
3352
3353 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
3354 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
3355 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
3356 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
3357 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
3358 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
3359
3360 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
3361 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
3362 address.
3363
3364 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
3365 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
3366 should be emitted.
3367
3368 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
3369 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
3370 supported.
3371
3372 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
3373 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
3374 logging performance.
3375
3376 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3377 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
3378 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
3379 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
3380 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
3381 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
3382
3383 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
3384 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
3385 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
3386 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
3387
3388 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
3389 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
3390
3391 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
3392 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
3393 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
3394
3395 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
3396
3397 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
3398 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
3399 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
3400 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
3401
3402 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
3403 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
3404 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
3405 refuse to operate on such files.
3406
3407 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
3408 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
3409 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
3410
3411 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
3412 just hidden container images.
3413
3414 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
3415 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
3416
3417 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
3418 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
3419 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
3420 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
3421 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
3422 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
3423 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
3424 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
3425 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
3426 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
3427 been changed to use this functionality by default.
3428
3429 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
3430 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
3431 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
3432 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
3433 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
3434 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
3435 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
3436 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
3437 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
3438 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
3439 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
3440 terminates.
3441
3442 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
3443 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
3444 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
3445 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
3446
3447 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
3448 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
3449 rate of the socket unit.
3450
3451 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
3452 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
3453 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
3454 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
3455 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
3456
3457 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
3458 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
3459 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
3460 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
3461 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
3462 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
3463 with this.
3464
3465 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
3466 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
3467
3468 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
3469 merged into the kernel in its current form.
3470
3471 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
3472 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
3473 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
3474 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
3475 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
3476
3477 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
3478 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
3479 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
3480
3481 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
3482 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
3483 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
3484 target is now included in early userspace.
3485
3486 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
3487 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
3488 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
3489 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
3490 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
3491 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
3492 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
3493 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
3494 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
3495 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
3496 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
3497 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
3498 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
3499 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
3500 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
3501 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
3502 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
3503 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
3504 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
3505 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3506 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
3507 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
3508 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
3509 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
3510 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3511 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3512
3513 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
3514
3515 CHANGES WITH 229:
3516
3517 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
3518 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
3519 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
3520 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
3521 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
3522 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
3523 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
3524 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
3525 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
3526 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
3527 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
3528 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
3529 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
3530
3531 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
3532 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
3533 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
3534 /usr/bin.
3535
3536 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
3537 devices.
3538
3539 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
3540 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
3541 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
3542 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
3543 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
3544 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
3545 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
3546 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
3547 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
3548 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
3549 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
3550 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
3551 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
3552 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
3553 this limit.
3554
3555 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
3556 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
3557 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
3558 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
3559 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
3560 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
3561 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
3562 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
3563
3564 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
3565 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
3566 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
3567 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
3568 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
3569 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
3570 and group at package installation time.
3571
3572 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
3573 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
3574 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
3575 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
3576 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
3577
3578 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
3579 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
3580 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
3581 supports it.
3582
3583 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
3584 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
3585
3586 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
3587 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
3588 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
3589 file is already initialized.
3590
3591 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
3592 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
3593 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
3594 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
3595 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
3596 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
3597 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
3598 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
3599 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
3600
3601 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
3602 working directory for the process started in the container.
3603
3604 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
3605 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
3606 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
3607 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
3608 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
3609
3610 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3611 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
3612 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
3613
3614 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
3615 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
3616 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
3617 sd_journal_restart_fields().
3618
3619 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
3620 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
3621 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
3622 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
3623 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
3624
3625 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
3626 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
3627 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
3628 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
3629
3630 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
3631 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
3632 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
3633 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
3634 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
3635 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
3636 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
3637 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
3638 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
3639 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
3640 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
3641 by PID 1.
3642
3643 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
3644 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
3645 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
3646 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
3647 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
3648 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
3649 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
3650 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
3651
3652 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
3653
3654 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
3655 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
3656 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
3657
3658 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
3659 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
3660 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
3661 recent kernels.
3662
3663 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
3664 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
3665
3666 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
3667 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
3668 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
3669 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
3670 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
3671 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
3672 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
3673 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
3674 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
3675 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
3676 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
3677 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
3678 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
3679
3680 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
3681 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
3682 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
3683 clusters or larger setups.
3684
3685 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
3686
3687 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
3688 sockets.
3689
3690 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
3691
3692 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
3693 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
3694 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
3695 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
3696 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
3697 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
3698
3699 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
3700 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
3701 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
3702
3703 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
3704 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
3705 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
3706 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
3707
3708 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
3709
3710 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
3711 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
3712 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
3713 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
3714 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
3715 maintain compatibility.
3716
3717 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
3718 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
3719 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
3720 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
3721 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
3722 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
3723 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
3724 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
3725 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
3726 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
3727 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
3728 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3729 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
3730 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
3731 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
3732 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
3733 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3734 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
3735 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3736
3737 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
3738
3739 CHANGES WITH 228:
3740
3741 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
3742 files are now also available as properties to set when
3743 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
3744 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
3745 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
3746 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
3747 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
3748 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
3749 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
3750
3751 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
3752 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
3753 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
3754
3755 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
3756 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
3757 created transiently.
3758
3759 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
3760 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
3761 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
3762 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
3763 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
3764 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
3765 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
3766 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
3767
3768 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
3769 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
3770 disk and sync the files, before returning.
3771
3772 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
3773 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
3774 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
3775 enabled.
3776
3777 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
3778 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
3779 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
3780 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
3781 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
3782 subvolumes.
3783
3784 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
3785 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
3786
3787 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
3788 individual indexes.
3789
3790 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
3791 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
3792 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
3793 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
3794 suffixes now.
3795
3796 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
3797 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
3798 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
3799 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
3800 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
3801 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
3802 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
3803 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
3804 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
3805 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
3806 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
3807 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
3808 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
3809 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
3810 number of processes or tasks each user may own
3811 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
3812 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
3813 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
3814 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
3815 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
3816 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
3817
3818 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
3819 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
3820 links between the host and the container.
3821
3822 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
3823 added that allows importing select environment variables
3824 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
3825 the service.
3826
3827 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
3828 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
3829 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
3830 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
3831 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
3832 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
3833 than until they first elapse.
3834
3835 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
3836 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
3837 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
3838 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
3839 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
3840 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
3841 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
3842 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
3843
3844 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
3845 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
3846 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
3847 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
3848 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
3849 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
3850 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
3851 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
3852 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
3853 journal and in coredump handling.
3854
3855 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
3856 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
3857 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
3858 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
3859 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
3860 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
3861 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
3862 software you package still references it, as this is a
3863 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
3864 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
3865
3866 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
3867
3868 Note that only util-linux versions built with
3869 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
3870
3871 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
3872 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
3873 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
3874
3875 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
3876 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
3877 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
3878 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
3879 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
3880 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
3881 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
3882 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
3883 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
3884 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
3885 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
3886 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
3887 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
3888 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
3889 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
3890 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
3891
3892 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
3893 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
3894 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
3895 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
3896 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
3897 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
3898 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
3899 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
3900 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
3901 surprises.
3902
3903 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
3904 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
3905 to the various user database fields of the user that the
3906 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
3907 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
3908 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
3909 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
3910 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3911 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3912 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3913 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
3914 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
3915 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3916 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3917 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3918 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3919 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3920 of PID 1 is the root user).
3921
3922 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3923 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3924 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3925 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3926 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3927 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3928 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3929 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3930 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3931 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3932 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3933 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3934 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3935 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3936 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3937
3938 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
3939
3940 CHANGES WITH 227:
3941
3942 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3943 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3944 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3945
3946 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3947 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3948 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3949 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3950 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3951 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3952
3953 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3954 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
3955 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3956 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
3957 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
3958
3959 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
3960 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3961 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3962 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3963 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3964 packets on unestablished sockets.
3965
3966 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
3967 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
3968 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3969 automatically.
3970
3971 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
3972 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
3973 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
3974
3975 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
3976 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
3977 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
3978 for disk IO.
3979
3980 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
3981 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
3982 removed.
3983
3984 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
3985 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
3986 directory is set to the home directory of the user
3987 configured in User=.
3988
3989 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
3990 directory of the selected user by default.
3991
3992 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
3993 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
3994 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
3995 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
3996 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
3997 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
3998 compat reasons.
3999
4000 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
4001 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
4002 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
4003 units.
4004
4005 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
4006 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
4007 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
4008 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
4009 level.
4010
4011 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
4012 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
4013 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
4014 namespaces work correctly.
4015
4016 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
4017 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
4018 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
4019 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
4020 activation.
4021
4022 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
4023 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
4024 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
4025 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
4026 system instance in a container.
4027
4028 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
4029 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
4030 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
4031 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
4032 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
4033 connections.
4034
4035 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
4036 show the control groups within a certain container only.
4037
4038 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
4039 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
4040 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
4041 processes attached, or similar.
4042
4043 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
4044 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
4045 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
4046
4047 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
4048 specifiers like %i or %f.
4049
4050 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
4051 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
4052 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
4053 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
4054
4055 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
4056 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
4057 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
4058 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
4059 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
4060 descriptors using sd_notify().
4061
4062 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
4063
4064 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
4065 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
4066
4067 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
4068 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
4069
4070 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
4071 .network files.
4072
4073 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
4074 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
4075 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
4076 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
4077 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
4078 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
4079 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
4080 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
4081 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
4082 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
4083 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
4084 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
4085 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
4086 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
4087 gdm-autologin is used.
4088
4089 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
4090 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
4091 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
4092 next to the image file.
4093
4094 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
4095 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
4096 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
4097 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
4098
4099 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
4100 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
4101 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
4102 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
4103 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
4104 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
4105
4106 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
4107 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
4108 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
4109 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
4110 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
4111 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
4112 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
4113 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
4114 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
4115 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
4116 number of files in place.
4117
4118 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
4119 on kernels where that is supported.
4120
4121 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
4122
4123 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
4124 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
4125 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
4126 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4127 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
4128 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
4129 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
4130 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
4131 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
4132 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
4133 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
4134 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4135 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
4136 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
4137 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
4138 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4139 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
4140 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
4141
4142 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
4143
4144 CHANGES WITH 226:
4145
4146 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
4147 new features:
4148
4149 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
4150 information. It may be enabled and configured via
4151 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
4152 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
4153 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
4154 is any) is propagated.
4155
4156 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
4157 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
4158 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
4159 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
4160 information is enabled between host and containers by
4161 default now: the container will change its local timezone
4162 to what the host has set.
4163
4164 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
4165 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
4166
4167 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
4168 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
4169 information back, even if the server loses state.
4170
4171 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
4172 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
4173 PoolSize=.
4174
4175 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
4176 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
4177 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
4178 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
4179
4180 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
4181 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
4182 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
4183 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
4184 'dbus-daemon' systems.
4185
4186 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
4187 for virtio devices.
4188
4189 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
4190 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
4191 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
4192 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
4193 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
4194 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
4195 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
4196 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
4197 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
4198 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
4199 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
4200 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
4201 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
4202 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
4203 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
4204 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
4205 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
4206 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
4207 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
4208 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
4209 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
4210 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
4211 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
4212 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
4213 grants them.
4214
4215 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
4216 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
4217 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
4218 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
4219 group tree.
4220
4221 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
4222 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
4223 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
4224 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
4225 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
4226 work correctly in containers now.
4227
4228 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
4229 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
4230
4231 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
4232 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
4233 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
4234 function call is particularly useful when implementing
4235 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
4236
4237 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
4238 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
4239 signal events.
4240
4241 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
4242 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
4243 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
4244 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
4245
4246 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
4247 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
4248 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
4249 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
4250 nspawn command line.
4251
4252 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
4253 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
4254 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
4255 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
4256 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
4257 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
4258 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4259 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
4260
4261 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
4262
4263 CHANGES WITH 225:
4264
4265 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
4266 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
4267 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
4268 shell directly without prompting for username or
4269 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
4270 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
4271 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
4272 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
4273 the originating session.
4274
4275 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
4276 options and allows other programs to query the values.
4277
4278 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
4279 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
4280 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
4281 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
4282 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
4283 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
4284 probably not stabilize on this release.
4285
4286 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
4287 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
4288 messages.
4289
4290 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
4291 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
4292 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
4293
4294 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
4295 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
4296
4297 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
4298 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
4299 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
4300 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
4301 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
4302 posteriori.
4303
4304 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
4305 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
4306
4307 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
4308 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
4309 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
4310 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
4311 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
4312 "lastlog" tools.
4313
4314 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
4315 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
4316 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
4317 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
4318 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
4319
4320 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
4321 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
4322 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
4323 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4324 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
4325 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
4326 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
4327 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
4328 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
4329 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
4330 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
4331 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4332
4333 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
4334
4335 CHANGES WITH 224:
4336
4337 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
4338 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
4339
4340 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
4341 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
4342 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
4343
4344 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
4345 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4346 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
4347
4348 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
4349
4350 CHANGES WITH 223:
4351
4352 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
4353 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
4354 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
4355 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4356
4357 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
4358 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
4359
4360 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
4361 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
4362
4363 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
4364
4365 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
4366 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
4367 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
4368
4369 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
4370 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
4371 decapsulated packet.
4372
4373 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
4374 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
4375 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
4376 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
4377 netlink attribute.
4378
4379 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
4380 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
4381 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
4382 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
4383
4384 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
4385 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
4386 according to RFC2460.
4387
4388 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
4389 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
4390
4391 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
4392 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
4393 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
4394
4395 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
4396 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
4397 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
4398 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
4399 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
4400 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
4401
4402 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
4403 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4404 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
4405 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
4406 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4407 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
4408 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
4409 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
4410 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
4411 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4412
4413 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
4414
4415 CHANGES WITH 222:
4416
4417 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
4418 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
4419 or should be used to work around such bugs.
4420
4421 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
4422 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
4423
4424 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
4425 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
4426 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
4427 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
4428 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
4429
4430 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
4431 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
4432 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
4433
4434 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
4435 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
4436 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
4437 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
4438 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
4439
4440 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4441
4442 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
4443 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
4444 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
4445 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
4446 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
4447 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4448 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
4449 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
4450 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4451 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4452
4453 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
4454
4455 CHANGES WITH 221:
4456
4457 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
4458 stable and have been added to the official interface of
4459 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
4460 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
4461 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
4462 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
4463 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
4464 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
4465 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
4466 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
4467 portable to other kernels.
4468
4469 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
4470 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
4471 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
4472 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
4473 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
4474 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
4475 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
4476 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
4477 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
4478 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
4479 systemd enabled.
4480
4481 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
4482 2.26.
4483
4484 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
4485 favor of calling an abstraction tool
4486 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
4487 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
4488 in README for details.
4489
4490 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
4491 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
4492 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
4493 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
4494 unit.
4495
4496 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
4497 into man pages.
4498
4499 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
4500 external project.
4501
4502 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
4503 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
4504
4505 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
4506 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
4507 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
4508 state.
4509
4510 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
4511 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
4512 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
4513
4514 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
4515 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
4516 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
4517 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
4518 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
4519 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
4520 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
4521 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
4522 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
4523 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4524 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
4525 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
4526 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
4527 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4528 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
4529 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4530
4531 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
4532
4533 CHANGES WITH 220:
4534
4535 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
4536 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
4537 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
4538 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
4539 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
4540 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
4541 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
4542 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
4543
4544 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
4545 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
4546 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
4547 service consumed). This value is only available if
4548 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
4549 in the "systemctl status" output.
4550
4551 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
4552 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
4553 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
4554 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
4555 previously was already the default behaviour).
4556
4557 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
4558 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
4559 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
4560
4561 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
4562 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
4563 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
4564 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
4565
4566 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
4567 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
4568 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
4569 journalling file systems that support external journal
4570 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
4571 systems to be mounted.
4572
4573 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
4574 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
4575 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
4576 stable release this should not be problematic.
4577
4578 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
4579 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
4580 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
4581 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
4582 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
4583
4584 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
4585 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
4586 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
4587 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
4588 network switches.
4589
4590 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
4591 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
4592
4593 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
4594 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
4595 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
4596
4597 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
4598
4599 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
4600 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
4601 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
4602 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
4603 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
4604 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
4605 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
4606 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
4607 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
4608 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
4609 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
4610 been fixed in v220.
4611
4612 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
4613 systemd-networkd.
4614
4615 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
4616 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
4617 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
4618 containers started from the command line.
4619
4620 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
4621 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
4622
4623 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
4624 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
4625 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
4626 indirection via a pseudo tty.
4627
4628 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
4629 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
4630 when shutting down.
4631
4632 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
4633 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
4634 overlayfs support.
4635
4636 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
4637 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
4638 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
4639 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
4640 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
4641 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
4642 images are imported via systemd-importd.
4643
4644 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
4645 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
4646 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
4647
4648 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
4649 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
4650 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
4651 of v1 as before).
4652
4653 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
4654 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
4655
4656 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
4657 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
4658 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
4659 without further privileges or authorization.
4660
4661 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
4662 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
4663 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
4664 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
4665 accessible via a bus interface.
4666
4667 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
4668 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
4669 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
4670 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
4671 to cover this functionality.
4672
4673 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
4674 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
4675 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
4676 disabled/masked also stopped.
4677
4678 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
4679 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
4680 updated to support systemd-boot.
4681
4682 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
4683 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
4684 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
4685 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
4686 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
4687 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
4688 like this and can extract OS release information from them
4689 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
4690 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
4691
4692 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
4693 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
4694 system.
4695
4696 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
4697 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
4698 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
4699 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
4700 device symlinks.
4701
4702 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
4703 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
4704 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
4705 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
4706
4707 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
4708 stick devices has been added.
4709
4710 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
4711 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
4712
4713 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
4714 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
4715 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
4716 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
4717 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
4718
4719 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
4720 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
4721 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
4722
4723 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
4724 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
4725 Debian.
4726
4727 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
4728 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
4729 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
4730
4731 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
4732 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
4733 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
4734 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
4735 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
4736 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
4737 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
4738 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4739 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
4740 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
4741 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
4742 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
4743 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
4744 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
4745 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
4746 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
4747 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
4748 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
4749 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
4750 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
4751 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
4752 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
4753 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
4754 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
4755 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
4756 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
4757 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4758
4759 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
4760
4761 CHANGES WITH 219:
4762
4763 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
4764 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
4765 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
4766 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
4767 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
4768 interface with and update the database.
4769
4770 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
4771 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
4772 before bytewise copying is done.
4773
4774 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
4775 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
4776 directory, and immediately removed when the container
4777 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
4778 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
4779 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
4780 for starting a container off the root file system of the
4781 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
4782 available on btrfs file systems.
4783
4784 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
4785 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
4786 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
4787 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
4788 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
4789 systems.
4790
4791 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
4792 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
4793 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
4794 mount point remains.
4795
4796 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
4797 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
4798 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
4799 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
4800 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
4801 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
4802 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
4803 are disabled.
4804
4805 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
4806 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
4807 container to the host or vice versa.
4808
4809 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
4810 mount host directories into local containers. This is
4811 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
4812
4813 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
4814 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
4815
4816 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
4817 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
4818 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
4819 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
4820 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
4821 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
4822 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
4823 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
4824 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
4825 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
4826 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
4827 make the functionality of importd available to the
4828 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
4829 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
4830 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
4831 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
4832 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
4833 only fully supported on btrfs.
4834
4835 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
4836 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
4837 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
4838 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
4839 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
4840 information about images.
4841
4842 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
4843 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
4844 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
4845 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
4846 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
4847 legacy file systems).
4848
4849 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
4850 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
4851 shown in networkctl output.
4852
4853 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
4854 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
4855 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
4856 processes as system services while interactively
4857 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
4858 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
4859 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
4860 full login session, the difference being that the former
4861 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
4862 setup.
4863
4864 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
4865 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
4866 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
4867 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
4868 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
4869
4870 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
4871 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
4872 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
4873 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
4874 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
4875 via qemu/kvm.
4876
4877 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
4878 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
4879 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
4880 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
4881 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
4882 disk images, too.
4883
4884 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
4885 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
4886 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
4887 integrate with that.
4888
4889 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
4890 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
4891 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
4892 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
4893
4894 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
4895 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
4896 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
4897
4898 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
4899 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
4900 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
4901 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
4902 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
4903 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
4904 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
4905 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
4906 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
4907 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
4908
4909 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
4910 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4911 files.
4912
4913 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4914 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
4915 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
4916 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
4917 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4918 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4919 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4920 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4921 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4922 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4923 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4924 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4925 explicitly turned on.
4926
4927 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4928 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4929 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4930 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4931
4932 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4933 supported.
4934
4935 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4936 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4937 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4938 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4939 associated with a virtual machine or container
4940 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4941 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4942 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4943 output however.)
4944
4945 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4946 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4947 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4948 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4949 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4950 caller's session/user.
4951
4952 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4953 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4954 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4955 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4956 user services.
4957
4958 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4959 same way as unit files.
4960
4961 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4962 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4963 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4964 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4965 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4966 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4967 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4968 the host.
4969
4970 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4971 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
4972 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
4973 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
4974 the host as if their services were running directly on the
4975 host.
4976
4977 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
4978 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
4979 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
4980 updated to make use of it too by default.
4981
4982 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
4983 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
4984 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
4985 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
4986
4987 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
4988 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
4989 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
4990 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
4991 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
4992 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
4993 modification.
4994
4995 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
4996 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
4997 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
4998 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
4999 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
5000 information about Touchpad types.
5001
5002 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
5003 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
5004
5005 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
5006 Policy link field.
5007
5008 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
5009 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
5010
5011 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
5012 ACLs on files.
5013
5014 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
5015 tmpfs, automatically.
5016
5017 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
5018 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
5019 status" output, if available.
5020
5021 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
5022 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
5023 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
5024 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
5025 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
5026 run on next reboot.
5027
5028 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
5029 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
5030 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
5031 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
5032 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
5033 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
5034 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
5035
5036 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
5037 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
5038 after a configurable timeout.
5039
5040 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
5041 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
5042 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
5043 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
5044 it non-idle.
5045
5046 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
5047 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
5048
5049 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
5050 each .network interface in networkd.
5051
5052 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
5053 in .network files.
5054
5055 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
5056 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
5057
5058 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
5059 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
5060 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
5061 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
5062 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
5063 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
5064 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
5065 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
5066 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
5067 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
5068 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
5069 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5070 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
5071 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
5072 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
5073 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
5074 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
5075 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
5076 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
5077 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5078 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
5079 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
5080 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
5081 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5082
5083 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
5084
5085 CHANGES WITH 218:
5086
5087 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
5088 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
5089 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
5090 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
5091
5092 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
5093 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
5094 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
5095 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
5096 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
5097
5098 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
5099
5100 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
5101 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
5102 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
5103 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
5104 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
5105 modified configuration after editing.
5106
5107 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
5108 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
5109 system preset files.
5110
5111 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
5112 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
5113 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
5114 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
5115 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
5116 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
5117 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
5118 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
5119 other contexts.
5120
5121 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
5122 inhibitors.
5123
5124 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
5125 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
5126 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
5127 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
5128 managers.
5129
5130 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
5131 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
5132 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
5133 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
5134 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
5135 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
5136 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
5137 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
5138 parallel to journald.
5139
5140 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
5141 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
5142 available.
5143
5144 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
5145 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
5146 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
5147 or are not older than the specified time.
5148
5149 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
5150 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
5151 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
5152 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
5153
5154 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
5155 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
5156 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
5157 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
5158 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
5159 communication.
5160
5161 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
5162 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
5163 services.
5164
5165 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
5166 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
5167 including their signature and values. This is particularly
5168 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
5169 the new "busctl tree" command.
5170
5171 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
5172 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
5173 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
5174 friendly way.
5175
5176 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
5177 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
5178 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
5179 race-ful way.
5180
5181 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
5182 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
5183 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
5184 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
5185 --link-journal=try-guest.
5186
5187 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
5188 stable MAC addresses.
5189
5190 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
5191 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
5192 the respective unit shall use.
5193
5194 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
5195 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
5196 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
5197 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
5198
5199 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
5200 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
5201 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
5202 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
5203 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
5204 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
5205
5206 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
5207 details see:
5208
5209 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
5210
5211 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
5212 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
5213 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
5214 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
5215 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
5216 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
5217 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
5218 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
5219 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
5220 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
5221 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
5222 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
5223
5224 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
5225 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
5226 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
5227 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
5228 bluetooth, ...) is used.
5229
5230 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
5231 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
5232 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
5233 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
5234 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
5235 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
5236 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
5237 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
5238
5239 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
5240 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
5241 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
5242 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
5243 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
5244 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
5245 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
5246 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
5247 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
5248 interface.
5249
5250 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
5251 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
5252 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
5253 luks.name= argument.
5254
5255 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
5256 (this was previously already available for scope and service
5257 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
5258 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
5259 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
5260 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
5261
5262 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
5263 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
5264 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
5265
5266 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
5267 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
5268 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
5269 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
5270 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
5271 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
5272 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
5273 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5274 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
5275 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
5276 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
5277 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
5278 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
5279 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
5280 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
5281 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
5282 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
5283 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5284
5285 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
5286
5287 CHANGES WITH 217:
5288
5289 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
5290 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
5291 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
5292 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
5293
5294 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
5295 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
5296 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
5297 now waits until the operation is complete.
5298
5299 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
5300 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
5301 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
5302 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
5303 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
5304 connection.
5305
5306 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
5307 commands anymore.
5308
5309 * User units are now loaded also from
5310 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
5311 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
5312 supported, but is under the control of the user.
5313
5314 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
5315 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
5316 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
5317 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
5318 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
5319 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
5320 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
5321 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
5322 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
5323 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
5324 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
5325 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
5326 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
5327 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
5328 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
5329 question.
5330
5331 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
5332 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
5333 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
5334
5335 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
5336 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
5337 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
5338 command line to trigger resume.
5339
5340 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
5341 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
5342 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
5343 Desktop=systemd-console.
5344
5345 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
5346 systemd-networkd.
5347
5348 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
5349 from the information provided by the networking stack
5350 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
5351
5352 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
5353 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
5354
5355 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
5356 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
5357 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
5358
5359 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
5360
5361 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
5362 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
5363 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
5364 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
5365 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
5366 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
5367
5368 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
5369 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
5370 respected.
5371
5372 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
5373 virtualization.
5374
5375 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
5376 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
5377 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
5378 on.
5379
5380 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
5381
5382 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
5383
5384 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
5385 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
5386 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
5387 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
5388 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
5389 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
5390 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
5391
5392 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
5393 available for service units, that allows locking all service
5394 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
5395 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
5396 from the service's view entirely.
5397
5398 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
5399 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
5400
5401 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
5402 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
5403 session.
5404
5405 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
5406 legacy-free systems.
5407
5408 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
5409 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
5410 easily.
5411
5412 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
5413 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
5414 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
5415 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
5416 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
5417 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
5418 option.
5419
5420 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
5421 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
5422 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
5423 /usr.
5424
5425 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
5426 services, not only the main process.
5427
5428 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
5429 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
5430 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
5431 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
5432 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
5433
5434 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
5435 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
5436 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
5437 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
5438 directly from now on, again.
5439
5440 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
5441 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
5442 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
5443 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
5444 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
5445 enabling and disabling.
5446
5447 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
5448 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
5449 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
5450 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
5451 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
5452 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
5453 unnecessary or unlikely.
5454
5455 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
5456 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
5457 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
5458 "anually", "hourly", ...).
5459
5460 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
5461 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
5462 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
5463 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
5464 overwritten at runtime.
5465
5466 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
5467 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
5468 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
5469 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
5470 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
5471 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
5472 segmentation fault.
5473
5474 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
5475 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
5476 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5477 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
5478 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
5479 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
5480 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
5481 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
5482 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
5483 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5484 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5485 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5486 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
5487 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
5488 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
5489 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
5490 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
5491 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
5492 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5493 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5494 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
5495 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5496
5497 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
5498
5499 CHANGES WITH 216:
5500
5501 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
5502 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
5503 implementations should add a
5504
5505 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
5506
5507 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
5508 default functionality.
5509
5510 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
5511 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
5512 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
5513 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
5514 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
5515 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
5516 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
5517 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
5518 files might need to be owned by them. A new
5519 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
5520 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
5521 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
5522 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
5523
5524 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
5525 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
5526 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
5527 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
5528 added eventually, too.
5529
5530 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
5531 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
5532 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
5533 new command to update these fields.
5534
5535 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
5536 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
5537 have been discovered via DHCP.
5538
5539 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
5540 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
5541 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
5542 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
5543 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
5544 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
5545 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
5546 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5547 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
5548 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
5549 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
5550 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
5551 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
5552 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
5553 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
5554 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
5555 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
5556 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
5557 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
5558 implementation to systemd-resolved.
5559
5560 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
5561 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
5562 containers to their respective IP addresses.
5563
5564 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
5565 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
5566 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5567 and present it to the user in a very friendly
5568 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
5569 control utility for networkd.
5570
5571 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
5572 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
5573 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
5574 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
5575 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
5576 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
5577 (NoDelay=).
5578
5579 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
5580 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
5581
5582 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
5583 be started only after time-sync.target has been
5584 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
5585 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
5586 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
5587 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
5588
5589 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
5590 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
5591 of the link.
5592
5593 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
5594 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
5595
5596 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
5597 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
5598
5599 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
5600 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
5601 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
5602 for DHCP.
5603
5604 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
5605 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
5606 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
5607 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
5608 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
5609 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
5610 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
5611 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
5612
5613 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
5614 validation of unit files.
5615
5616 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
5617 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
5618 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
5619 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
5620 address may now be configured.
5621
5622 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
5623 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
5624 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
5625 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
5626
5627 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
5628 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
5629
5630 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
5631 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
5632 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
5633 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
5634
5635 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
5636 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
5637 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
5638 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
5639 implementation.
5640
5641 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
5642 journal data to a remote system running
5643 systemd-journal-remote.
5644
5645 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
5646 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
5647 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
5648 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
5649 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5650 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
5651 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
5652 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
5653 version, you have to turn this option on again
5654 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
5655
5656 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
5657 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
5658 better than XZ which was the previous default.
5659
5660 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
5661 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
5662
5663 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
5664 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
5665
5666 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
5667 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
5668 "systemctl status" output for a service.
5669
5670 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
5671 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
5672 hostname, root password) interactively on first
5673 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
5674 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
5675
5676 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
5677
5678 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
5679
5680 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
5681 when primary addresses are removed.
5682
5683 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
5684 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
5685 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
5686 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
5687 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
5688 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
5689 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5690 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5691 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
5692 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
5693 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
5694 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
5695 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
5696 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
5697 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5698
5699 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
5700
5701 CHANGES WITH 215:
5702
5703 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
5704 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
5705 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
5706 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
5707 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
5708 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
5709 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
5710 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
5711 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
5712 require.
5713
5714 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
5715 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
5716
5717 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
5718 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
5719 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
5720 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
5721 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
5722 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
5723 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
5724
5725 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
5726 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
5727 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
5728 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
5729 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
5730 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
5731 update or reset should use this condition and order
5732 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
5733 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
5734 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
5735 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
5736 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
5737 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
5738 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
5739 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
5740 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
5741
5742 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
5743
5744 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
5745 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
5746 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
5747 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
5748
5749 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
5750 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
5751 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
5752 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
5753 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
5754 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
5755 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
5756 .network files using settings of this section should be
5757 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
5758 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
5759
5760 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
5761 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
5762
5763 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
5764 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
5765 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
5766 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
5767 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
5768 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
5769 of nspawn instances.
5770
5771 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
5772 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
5773 added.
5774
5775 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
5776 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
5777 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
5778 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
5779 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
5780 configuration stored in /etc.
5781
5782 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
5783 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
5784 parsing of unknown mount options.
5785
5786 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
5787 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
5788 it already exist and not already be the correct
5789 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
5790 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
5791 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
5792 pre-existing files of different types.
5793
5794 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
5795 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
5796 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
5797 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
5798 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
5799 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
5800 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
5801
5802 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
5803 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
5804 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
5805 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
5806 shall be executed.
5807
5808 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
5809 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
5810 example whether it is fully up and running.
5811
5812 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
5813 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
5814 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
5815 reset.
5816
5817 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
5818 most basic services systemd ships by default.
5819
5820 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
5821 field for defining the default instance to create if a
5822 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
5823
5824 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
5825 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
5826 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
5827
5828 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
5829 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
5830 access to this group.
5831
5832 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
5833 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
5834 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
5835 to the journal.
5836
5837 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
5838 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
5839 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
5840 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
5841 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
5842 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
5843
5844 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
5845 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
5846 that makes sure to only show information about the most
5847 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
5848 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
5849 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
5850 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
5851 the old name to the new name.
5852
5853 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
5854 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
5855 coredumpctl without restrictions.
5856
5857 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
5858 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
5859 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
5860 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
5861 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
5862 "systemd-debug-generator".
5863
5864 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
5865 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
5866 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
5867 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
5868 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
5869 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
5870 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
5871 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
5872 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
5873 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
5874 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
5875
5876 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
5877 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
5878 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
5879 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
5880 been added to query many of these paths for the local
5881 machine and user.
5882
5883 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
5884 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
5885 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
5886 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
5887 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
5888
5889 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
5890 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
5891 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
5892 couple of drop-in directories.
5893
5894 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
5895 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
5896 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
5897 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
5898 for dev_port.
5899
5900 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
5901 container (read from /etc/os-release and
5902 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
5903 "machinectl status" for a machine.
5904
5905 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
5906 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
5907 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
5908 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
5909 Restart= setting.
5910
5911 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5912 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5913 directly connect to a specific container on the
5914 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5915 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5916 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5917 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5918 containers is a privileged operation.
5919
5920 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5921 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5922 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5923 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5924 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5925 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5926 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5927 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5928 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5929 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5930 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5931 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5932
5933 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
5934
5935 CHANGES WITH 214:
5936
5937 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5938 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5939 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5940 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5941 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5942 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5943 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5944 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5945 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
5946 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
5947 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
5948 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
5949 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
5950 devices are excluded from this logic.
5951
5952 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5953 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5954 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5955 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5956 change has been released.
5957
5958 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
5959 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
5960 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5961
5962 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
5963 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5964 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
5965 with fewer privileges.
5966
5967 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5968 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5969 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5970 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5971
5972 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
5973 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
5974
5975 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
5976 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
5977
5978 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
5979 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
5980 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
5981
5982 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
5983 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
5984 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
5985 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
5986 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
5987 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
5988
5989 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
5990 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
5991 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
5992
5993 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
5994 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
5995 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
5996 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
5997 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
5998 modifications of user data or system files from
5999 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
6000 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
6001
6002 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
6003 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
6004 and FIFOs in the file system.
6005
6006 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
6007 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
6008 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
6009
6010 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
6011 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
6012 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
6013 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
6014 the socket itself.
6015
6016 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
6017 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
6018 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
6019 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
6020 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
6021 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
6022 symlinks, and nothing else.
6023
6024 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
6025 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
6026 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
6027 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
6028 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
6029 process (for example, the parent process). The
6030 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
6031 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
6032 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
6033 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
6034 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
6035 messages to services when the originating process already
6036 vanished.
6037
6038 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
6039 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
6040 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
6041 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
6042 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
6043 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
6044 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
6045 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
6046 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
6047 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
6048 all long-running services.
6049
6050 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
6051 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
6052 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
6053 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
6054 service.
6055
6056 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
6057 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
6058 applied to all submounts, too.
6059
6060 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
6061
6062 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
6063 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
6064 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
6065 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
6066 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
6067 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
6068 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
6069
6070 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
6071 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
6072 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
6073 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
6074 (domU) domains.
6075
6076 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
6077 files or entire directories.
6078
6079 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
6080 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
6081 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
6082 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
6083 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
6084
6085 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
6086 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
6087 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
6088 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
6089 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
6090 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
6091 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
6092 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
6093 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
6094 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
6095 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
6096 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
6097
6098 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
6099 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
6100 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
6101 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
6102
6103 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
6104 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
6105 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
6106 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
6107 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
6108 non-directories.
6109
6110 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
6111 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
6112 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
6113
6114 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
6115 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
6116 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
6117 this group.
6118
6119 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
6120 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
6121 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
6122 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
6123 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6124 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
6125 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6126
6127 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
6128
6129 CHANGES WITH 213:
6130
6131 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
6132 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6133 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
6134 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6135 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
6136 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
6137 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6138 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
6139 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6140 client should be more than appropriate for most
6141 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
6142 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
6143 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
6144 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
6145 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
6146 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6147 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
6148 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
6149 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
6150 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
6151 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6152
6153 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
6154 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6155 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
6156 part of a different namespace.
6157
6158 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
6159 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
6160 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
6161 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6162
6163 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
6164 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
6165 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6166
6167 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
6168 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
6169 when a service fails. This works similarly to
6170 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6171 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
6172 restart the service in question.
6173
6174 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
6175 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
6176 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
6177 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
6178 details when running non-locally.
6179
6180 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
6181 graphs it generates.
6182
6183 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
6184 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
6185 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
6186 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
6187 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
6188
6189 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
6190
6191 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
6192 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
6193 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
6194 what it was on SysV systems.
6195
6196 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
6197 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
6198
6199 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
6200 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
6201 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
6202 files.
6203
6204 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
6205 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
6206 to show these addresses in its output.
6207
6208 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
6209 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
6210 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
6211 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
6212 preferred over a text one.
6213
6214 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
6215 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
6216 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
6217 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
6218 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
6219 mDNS cache.
6220
6221 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
6222 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
6223 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
6224 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
6225 of network configuration performed in some other way.
6226
6227 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
6228 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6229 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
6230 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6231 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
6232
6233 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
6234 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
6235 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
6236 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
6237 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
6238 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
6239 overrides any other settings.
6240
6241 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6242 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
6243 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
6244 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
6245 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
6246 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
6247 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
6248 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
6249 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6250 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6251 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
6252 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
6253 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
6254 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
6255 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
6256 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6257 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6258
6259 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6260
6261 CHANGES WITH 212:
6262
6263 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
6264 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
6265 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
6266 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
6267 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
6268 by accident.
6269
6270 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
6271 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
6272 registered with machined.
6273
6274 * sd-login gained new calls
6275 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
6276 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
6277 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
6278 counterparts.
6279
6280 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
6281 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
6282 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
6283 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
6284 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
6285 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
6286 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
6287 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
6288 once.
6289
6290 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
6291 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
6292 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
6293
6294 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
6295 units on all local containers, when used with the
6296 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
6297 executed when no parameters are specified).
6298
6299 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
6300 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
6301 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
6302 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
6303
6304 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
6305 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
6306 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
6307 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
6308 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
6309 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
6310
6311 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
6312 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
6313 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
6314 of the container.
6315
6316 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
6317 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
6318 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
6319 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
6320 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
6321 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
6322 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
6323 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
6324
6325 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
6326 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
6327 instead of /.
6328
6329 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
6330 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
6331 emergency messages now.
6332
6333 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
6334 journal log messages across the network.
6335
6336 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
6337 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
6338 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
6339 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
6340 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
6341 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
6342 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
6343
6344 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
6345 down a local OS container.
6346
6347 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
6348 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
6349 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
6350
6351 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
6352 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
6353 this is appropriate.
6354
6355 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
6356 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
6357 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
6358
6359 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
6360 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
6361 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
6362 for debugging purposes.
6363
6364 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
6365 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
6366 in seconds.
6367
6368 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
6369 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
6370 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
6371 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
6372 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
6373 like on traditional inetd.
6374
6375 * A new system.conf configuration option
6376 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
6377 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
6378
6379 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
6380 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
6381 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
6382 do these days).
6383
6384 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
6385 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
6386 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
6387 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
6388 could not take place because the system was powered off.
6389 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
6390
6391 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
6392 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
6393 it will be triggered.
6394
6395 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
6396 addresses to its local interfaces.
6397
6398 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
6399 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
6400 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
6401 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
6402 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
6403 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
6404 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
6405 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
6406 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6407
6408 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
6409
6410 CHANGES WITH 211:
6411
6412 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
6413 added to restrict which socket address families unit
6414 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
6415 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
6416 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
6417 is built on seccomp system call filters.
6418
6419 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
6420 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
6421 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
6422 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
6423 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
6424 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
6425 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
6426 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
6427 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
6428
6429 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
6430 matching against device group names.
6431
6432 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
6433 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
6434 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
6435 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
6436 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
6437 though.
6438
6439 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
6440 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
6441 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
6442 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
6443 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6444 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
6445 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
6446 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
6447 systems prepared appropriately.
6448
6449 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
6450 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
6451 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6452 (see above). This means that installations made with
6453 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
6454 deployed using container managers, completely
6455 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
6456 this feature soon, too.)
6457
6458 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
6459 set up a private macvlan interface for the
6460 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
6461 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
6462
6463 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
6464 using IPv4LL.
6465
6466 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
6467 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
6468 systemd-networkd.
6469
6470 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
6471 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
6472 still not a public API though (unless you specify
6473 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
6474 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
6475
6476 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
6477 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
6478 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
6479 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
6480 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
6481 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
6482 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
6483 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
6484 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
6485 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
6486 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
6487 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
6488 users.
6489
6490 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
6491 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
6492 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
6493 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
6494 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
6495 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
6496 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
6497 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
6498 due to a closed lid.
6499
6500 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
6501 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
6502 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
6503 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
6504 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
6505 order to then act as suspend blocker.
6506
6507 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
6508 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
6509 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
6510 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
6511 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
6512
6513 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
6514 now also work in --scope mode.
6515
6516 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
6517 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
6518 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
6519 promises are made.)
6520
6521 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
6522 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6523 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
6524 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6525 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
6526 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
6527 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
6528 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
6529 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
6530 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6531
6532 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
6533
6534 CHANGES WITH 210:
6535
6536 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
6537 according to SMACK rules.
6538
6539 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
6540 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
6541
6542 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
6543 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
6544 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
6545
6546 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
6547 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
6548 and machine ID.
6549
6550 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
6551 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
6552 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
6553 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
6554 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
6555 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
6556 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
6557 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
6558 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
6559 backpack or similar.
6560
6561 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
6562 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
6563 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
6564 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
6565 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
6566 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
6567 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
6568 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
6569 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
6570 this on its own.
6571
6572 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
6573 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
6574 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
6575 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
6576
6577 * We will now ship a default .network file for
6578 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
6579 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
6580 --network-bridge= switches.
6581
6582 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
6583 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
6584 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
6585 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
6586 metrics, according to what is customary according to
6587 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
6588 each configuration option.
6589
6590 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
6591 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
6592 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
6593 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
6594 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
6595
6596 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
6597 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
6598 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
6599 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
6600 triggered by other work being done in the program.
6601
6602 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
6603 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
6604 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
6605 default however.
6606
6607 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
6608 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
6609 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
6610 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
6611 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
6612 them with systemd-networkd.
6613
6614 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
6615 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
6616 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
6617 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
6618 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
6619 is drastically increased, but given that these are
6620 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
6621 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
6622 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
6623 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
6624 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
6625 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
6626 during a transitional period!
6627
6628 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
6629 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
6630
6631 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
6632 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6633 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
6634 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
6635 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6636 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6637 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
6638 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6639
6640 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
6641
6642 CHANGES WITH 209:
6643
6644 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
6645 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
6646 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
6647 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
6648 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
6649 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
6650 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
6651 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
6652 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
6653 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
6654 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
6655 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
6656
6657 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
6658 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
6659 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
6660 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
6661 machines and the like.
6662
6663 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
6664 shutdown/boot.
6665
6666 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
6667 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
6668
6669 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
6670 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
6671 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
6672 prepared for additional security frameworks.
6673
6674 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
6675 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
6676 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
6677 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
6678 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
6679 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
6680
6681 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
6682 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
6683 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
6684 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
6685 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
6686 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
6687 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
6688 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
6689 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
6690
6691 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
6692 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
6693
6694 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
6695 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
6696 implementation.
6697
6698 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
6699 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
6700 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
6701 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
6702 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
6703 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
6704 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
6705 and .service units.
6706
6707 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
6708 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
6709 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
6710
6711 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
6712 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
6713 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
6714 nothing makes use of it.
6715
6716 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
6717 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
6718 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
6719
6720 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
6721 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
6722 compatibility purposes.
6723
6724 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
6725 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
6726 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
6727 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
6728 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
6729 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
6730 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
6731 process handling.
6732
6733 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
6734 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
6735 style to "sd-bus.h".
6736
6737 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
6738 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
6739 "systemd-networkd".
6740
6741 * There is a new kernel command line option
6742 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
6743 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
6744 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
6745 are not restored.
6746
6747 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
6748 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
6749 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
6750 PID1's support for that anymore.
6751
6752 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
6753 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
6754
6755 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
6756 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
6757 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
6758 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
6759 container that is registered with machined, such as those
6760 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
6761
6762 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
6763 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
6764 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
6765 onto remote systems.
6766
6767 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
6768 login in any local container. This works with any container
6769 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
6770 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
6771
6772 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
6773 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
6774 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
6775 system of some kind.
6776
6777 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
6778 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
6779 next.
6780
6781 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
6782 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
6783 reboot() system call.
6784
6785 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
6786 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
6787 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
6788 still available but not advertised anymore.
6789
6790 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
6791 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
6792 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
6793 within each Unit.
6794
6795 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
6796 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
6797 the kernel).
6798
6799 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
6800 timestamps (following the setting in
6801 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
6802
6803 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
6804 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
6805
6806 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
6807 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
6808
6809 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
6810 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
6811 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
6812
6813 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
6814 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
6815 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
6816 the full configuration is shown.
6817
6818 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
6819 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
6820 those commands which take multiple unit names.
6821
6822 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
6823
6824 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
6825 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
6826
6827 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
6828 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
6829 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
6830 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
6831
6832 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
6833 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
6834 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
6835 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
6836
6837 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
6838 of the legend text.
6839
6840 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
6841 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
6842 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
6843 remote sessions.
6844
6845 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
6846 information of SDIO devices.
6847
6848 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
6849 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
6850 the system manager.
6851
6852 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
6853 short description of the connection parameters in the
6854 description.
6855
6856 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
6857 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
6858 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
6859 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
6860 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
6861 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
6862 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
6863
6864 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
6865 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
6866 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
6867 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
6868 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
6869 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
6870 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
6871 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
6872 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
6873
6874 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
6875 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
6876 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
6877 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
6878 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
6879 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
6880 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
6881 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6882 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
6883 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
6884 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
6885 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
6886 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
6887 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
6888 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
6889 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
6890 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
6891 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
6892 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
6893 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
6894 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
6895 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
6896 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
6897
6898 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
6899 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
6900 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
6901 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
6902 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
6903 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
6904 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
6905 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
6906 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
6907 that you are aware of the instability of the current
6908 APIs.
6909
6910 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
6911 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
6912 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
6913 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6914 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6915 declare the APIs stable.
6916
6917 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
6918 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
6919 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
6920 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
6921 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
6922 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6923 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6924 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6925 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6926 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6927 one of them is updated.
6928
6929 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
6930 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
6931 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6932 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6933 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6934
6935 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6936 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6937 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
6938 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
6939 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
6940 entry points.
6941
6942 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6943 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6944 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6945 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
6946 been disabled at compile-time.
6947
6948 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
6949 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
6950 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6951 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6952
6953 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6954 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6955 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
6956
6957 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
6958 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6959 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
6960
6961 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6962 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
6963 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
6964
6965 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6966 remains until jobs expire.
6967
6968 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
6969 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
6970 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
6971 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
6972 all remaining processes of the service.
6973
6974 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
6975 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
6976 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
6977 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
6978 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
6979 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
6980 manager process which created them takes no further
6981 responsibilities for it.
6982
6983 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
6984 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
6985 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
6986 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
6987 marked executable or world-writable.
6988
6989 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
6990 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
6991 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
6992 "--setenv=" for consistency.
6993
6994 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
6995 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
6996 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
6997 independent of the host.
6998
6999 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
7000 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
7001 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
7002 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
7003
7004 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
7005 with specific SELinux labels set.
7006
7007 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
7008 any additional output but the container's own console
7009 output.
7010
7011 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
7012 container without PID namespacing enabled.
7013
7014 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
7015 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
7016 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
7017 OS images, but only specific apps.
7018
7019 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
7020 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
7021 results in registration of the unit service itself in
7022 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
7023
7024 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
7025 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
7026 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
7027 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
7028 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
7029 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
7030
7031 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
7032 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
7033 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
7034 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
7035 units to use.
7036
7037 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
7038 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
7039 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
7040 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
7041
7042 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
7043 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
7044 context for a service.
7045
7046 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
7047 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
7048 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
7049 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
7050 influence this logic.
7051
7052 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
7053 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
7054 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
7055 other things.
7056
7057 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
7058 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
7059 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
7060 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
7061 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
7062 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
7063 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
7064 architectures). There is also a global
7065 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
7066 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
7067
7068 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
7069 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
7070
7071 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
7072 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
7073 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7074 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
7075 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
7076 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
7077 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
7078 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
7079 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
7080 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
7081 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
7082 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7083 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7084 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
7085 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7086 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
7087 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
7088 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
7089 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
7090 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
7091 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7092 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
7093 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
7094 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7095
7096 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
7097
7098 CHANGES WITH 208:
7099
7100 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
7101 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
7102 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
7103 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
7104 access input and drm devices which are normally
7105 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
7106 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
7107 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
7108 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
7109 session switching without allowing background sessions to
7110 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
7111 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
7112 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
7113
7114 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
7115 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
7116 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
7117
7118 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
7119 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
7120 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
7121 kernel version number.
7122
7123 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
7124 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
7125 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
7126
7127 * This release removes high-level support for the
7128 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
7129 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
7130 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
7131 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
7132
7133 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
7134 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
7135 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
7136 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
7137 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
7138 cgroup system.
7139
7140 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
7141 messages containing the slice a message was generated
7142 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
7143 logs among other things.
7144
7145 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
7146 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
7147 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
7148 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
7149 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
7150 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
7151 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
7152 journald which would be necessary to resolve
7153 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
7154 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
7155 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
7156 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
7157 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
7158 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
7159 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
7160 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
7161 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
7162 not delayed until next reboot.
7163
7164 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
7165 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
7166 systemd generated files in one directory.
7167
7168 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
7169 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
7170 performance information if that's available to determine how
7171 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
7172 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
7173 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
7174
7175 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
7176 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
7177 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
7178 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7179 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
7180 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
7181 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7182
7183 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
7184
7185 CHANGES WITH 207:
7186
7187 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
7188 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
7189 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
7190 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
7191
7192 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
7193 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
7194 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
7195 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
7196 specified on the kernel command line less important.
7197
7198 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
7199 retrieve the VT number of a session.
7200
7201 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
7202 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
7203 maximum number of tries.
7204
7205 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
7206 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
7207 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
7208
7209 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
7210 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
7211
7212 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
7213 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
7214 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
7215
7216 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
7217 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
7218 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
7219
7220 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
7221 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
7222 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
7223 and type).
7224
7225 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
7226 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
7227
7228 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
7229 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
7230 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
7231 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
7232
7233 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
7234 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
7235 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
7236 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
7237 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
7238 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
7239 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
7240 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
7241
7242 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
7243 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
7244 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
7245 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
7246
7247 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
7248 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
7249 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
7250 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
7251 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
7252 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
7253 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
7254
7255 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
7256 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
7257
7258 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
7259 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
7260 automatically after the process terminated.
7261
7262 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
7263 certain paths from operation.
7264
7265 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
7266 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
7267 is received.
7268
7269 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
7270 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
7271 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
7272 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
7273 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
7274 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
7275 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
7276 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
7277 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
7278 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
7279 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
7280 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
7281 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7282
7283 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
7284
7285 CHANGES WITH 206:
7286
7287 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
7288 concepts introduced with 205.
7289
7290 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
7291 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
7292 -r".
7293
7294 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
7295 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
7296 --state= parameter.
7297
7298 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
7299 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
7300 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
7301 the journal.
7302
7303 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
7304 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
7305 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
7306
7307 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
7308 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
7309 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
7310 browsing logs from that point on.
7311
7312 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
7313 of an FSS key.
7314
7315 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
7316 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
7317 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
7318 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
7319 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
7320 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
7321 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
7322 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
7323 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
7324 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
7325 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
7326 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
7327 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
7328 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
7329
7330 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
7331 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
7332 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
7333 backing module right-away.
7334
7335 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
7336 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
7337
7338 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
7339 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
7340
7341 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
7342 set of processes in the message metadata.
7343
7344 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
7345
7346 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
7347 support for passing performance data via environment
7348 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
7349 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
7350 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
7351 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
7352 deserialize it again.
7353
7354 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
7355 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
7356 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
7357 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
7358
7359 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
7360 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
7361 completely silent shutdown when used.
7362
7363 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
7364 option in .socket units.
7365
7366 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
7367 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
7368 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
7369 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
7370 system.slice as before.
7371
7372 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
7373
7374 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
7375 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
7376 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7377 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
7378 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
7379 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
7380 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7381
7382 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
7383
7384 CHANGES WITH 205:
7385
7386 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
7387
7388 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
7389 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
7390 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
7391 possible for system services and applications to group their
7392 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
7393 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
7394 together, or apply resource limits on them.
7395
7396 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
7397 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
7398 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
7399 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
7400 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
7401
7402 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
7403 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
7404 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
7405 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
7406
7407 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
7408 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
7409 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
7410 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
7411 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
7412 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
7413 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
7414 and useful as a general batch manager.
7415
7416 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
7417 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
7418 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
7419 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
7420 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
7421 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
7422 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
7423 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
7424 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
7425 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
7426
7427 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
7428 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
7429 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
7430 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
7431 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
7432 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
7433 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
7434 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
7435 is compile-time optional.
7436
7437 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
7438 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
7439 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
7440 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
7441 well as slice units.
7442
7443 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
7444 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
7445 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
7446 but will be extended later on to make more properties
7447 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
7448 command that wraps this call.
7449
7450 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
7451 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
7452 while configuring a number of settings via the command
7453 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
7454 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
7455 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
7456 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
7457
7458 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
7459 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
7460 off audit.
7461
7462 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
7463 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
7464
7465 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
7466 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
7467 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
7468 and system logs.
7469
7470 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
7471 snippets extending unit files.
7472
7473 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
7474 not available as public API.
7475
7476 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
7477 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
7478 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
7479
7480 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
7481 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
7482 controls what to boot into by default.
7483
7484 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
7485 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
7486
7487 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
7488 generators needed for execution, as well as information
7489 about the unit file loading.
7490
7491 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
7492 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
7493 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
7494 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
7495 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
7496 racy due to journal file rotation.
7497
7498 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
7499 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
7500 all services.
7501
7502 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
7503 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
7504 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
7505 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
7506 system services want to log events about specific client
7507 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
7508 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
7509 unit is requested.
7510
7511 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
7512 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
7513 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
7514 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
7515 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
7516 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7517 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
7518 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
7519 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
7520 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
7521 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7522 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
7523 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
7524
7525 CHANGES WITH 204:
7526
7527 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
7528 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
7529
7530 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
7531 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
7532 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
7533
7534 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
7535 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7536
7537 CHANGES WITH 203:
7538
7539 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
7540 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
7541
7542 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
7543 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
7544 fields, including the root directory.
7545
7546 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
7547 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
7548 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
7549 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
7550 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
7551 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
7552 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
7553 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
7554 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
7555 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
7556 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
7557
7558 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
7559 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
7560
7561 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
7562 have taken an inhibitor lock.
7563
7564 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
7565 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
7566 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
7567 the local hostname.
7568
7569 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
7570 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
7571 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
7572 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
7573 VMs/containers coming and going.
7574
7575 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
7576 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
7577 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
7578
7579 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
7580 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
7581 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
7582 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
7583
7584 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
7585 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
7586 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
7587
7588 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
7589 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
7590 services. With the container's root directory in
7591 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
7592 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
7593
7594 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
7595 the processes within a certain container.
7596
7597 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
7598 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
7599 check though. Patches welcome!
7600
7601 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
7602 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
7603 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
7604 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
7605 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
7606
7607 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
7608 the passed argument if applicable.
7609
7610 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7611 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7612 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
7613 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7614 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
7615 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
7616 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7617 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7618
7619 CHANGES WITH 202:
7620
7621 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
7622 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
7623 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
7624 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
7625 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
7626 units activate.
7627
7628 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
7629 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
7630 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
7631 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
7632 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
7633 for now, and not installable.
7634
7635 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
7636 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
7637 can run in conjunction with udev.
7638
7639 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
7640 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
7641 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
7642 session manager.
7643
7644 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
7645 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
7646 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
7647 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
7648 services, user processes and containers/virtual
7649 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
7650 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7651 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
7652 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
7653 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
7654 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
7655
7656 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
7657
7658 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
7659 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
7660 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
7661 logical expressions.
7662
7663 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
7664 switches.
7665
7666 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
7667 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7668 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
7669 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
7670 the user.
7671
7672 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
7673 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
7674 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
7675 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
7676 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
7677 an entry.
7678
7679 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
7680 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7681 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
7682 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7683 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
7684 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7685
7686 CHANGES WITH 201:
7687
7688 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
7689 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
7690 directory.
7691
7692 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
7693 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
7694 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
7695 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
7696 problem.
7697
7698 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
7699 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
7700 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
7701 before the key file is attempted to be read.
7702
7703 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
7704 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
7705
7706 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
7707 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
7708 files in this context are files such as
7709 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
7710
7711 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
7712 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
7713 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
7714 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
7715 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
7716 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
7717
7718 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
7719 hostnames.
7720
7721 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
7722 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
7723 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
7724 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
7725 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
7726 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
7727 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
7728 all time-related output of systemd.
7729
7730 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
7731 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
7732 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
7733 loops.
7734
7735 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
7736 (models, layouts, variants, options).
7737
7738 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
7739 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
7740 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
7741 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
7742 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
7743
7744 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
7745 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
7746 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
7747 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
7748 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
7749 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
7750 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
7751
7752 CHANGES WITH 200:
7753
7754 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
7755 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
7756 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
7757 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
7758 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
7759 middle ground between physical and access time order.
7760
7761 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
7762 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
7763 images.
7764
7765 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
7766 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
7767 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7768
7769 CHANGES WITH 199:
7770
7771 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
7772
7773 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
7774 security policy.
7775
7776 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
7777 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
7778 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
7779 shared by all processes of a service (which means
7780 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
7781 the same service can still access). When a service is
7782 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
7783 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
7784 this though).
7785
7786 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
7787 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
7788 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
7789 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
7790 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
7791 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
7792
7793 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
7794 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
7795
7796 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
7797 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
7798
7799 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
7800
7801 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
7802 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
7803 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
7804 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
7805 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
7806
7807 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
7808 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
7809 system is to be mounted.
7810
7811 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
7812 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
7813 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
7814 purpose for socket units.
7815
7816 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
7817 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
7818
7819 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
7820 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
7821 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
7822 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
7823 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
7824
7825 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
7826 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
7827 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
7828 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7829 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
7830 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
7831 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7832 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7833 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7834
7835 CHANGES WITH 198:
7836
7837 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
7838 files without having to edit/override the unit files
7839 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
7840 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
7841 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
7842 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
7843 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
7844 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
7845 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
7846 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
7847 unit files locally: copying the files from
7848 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
7849 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
7850 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
7851 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
7852 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
7853 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
7854 for them too.
7855
7856 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
7857 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
7858 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
7859 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
7860 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
7861 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
7862 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
7863 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
7864 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
7865
7866 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
7867 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
7868
7869 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
7870 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
7871 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
7872 other users.
7873
7874 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
7875 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
7876 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
7877 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
7878 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
7879 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
7880 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
7881 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
7882 management logic is also available to other programs via the
7883 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
7884 supported.
7885
7886 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
7887 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
7888 the foreground VT.
7889
7890 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
7891 call.
7892
7893 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
7894 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
7895 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
7896 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
7897 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
7898 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
7899 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
7900 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
7901 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
7902 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
7903 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
7904 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
7905 also been removed.
7906
7907 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
7908 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
7909 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
7910 objects themselves.
7911
7912 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
7913
7914 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7915 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
7916 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
7917 to how this is supported in shells.
7918
7919 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7920 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7921 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7922 user systemd instance.
7923
7924 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7925 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7926 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7927 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7928 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7929 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7930 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7931 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7932 one day for good in the kernel.
7933
7934 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7935 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7936 container.
7937
7938 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
7939 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
7940 the host into the container.
7941
7942 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
7943 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7944 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7945 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7946 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7947 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
7948
7949 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
7950
7951 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7952 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
7953 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7954 configured to be mounted there.
7955
7956 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7957 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7958 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7959 system resume events.
7960
7961 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7962 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
7963 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
7964 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
7965
7966 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7967 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7968 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7969 card).
7970
7971 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
7972 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
7973 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
7974
7975 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
7976 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
7977 later "change" event.
7978
7979 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
7980 now carry a message ID.
7981
7982 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
7983 continues to be work in progress.
7984
7985 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
7986 root directory to operate relative to.
7987
7988 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
7989 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
7990 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
7991 times a little.
7992
7993 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
7994 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
7995 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
7996 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
7997 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
7998 request boot into firmware operations.
7999
8000 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
8001 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
8002 correctly in initrds.
8003
8004 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
8005 compile time optional via a configure switch.
8006
8007 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
8008 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
8009
8010 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
8011 the status of all active or failed units.
8012
8013 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
8014 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
8015 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
8016 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
8017 requests more robust.
8018
8019 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
8020 reading journal files.
8021
8022 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
8023 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
8024
8025 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
8026
8027 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
8028 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
8029
8030 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
8031 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
8032 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
8033 socket activation in daemons.
8034
8035 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
8036 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
8037
8038 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
8039 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
8040 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
8041
8042 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
8043 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
8044 system units.
8045
8046 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
8047 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
8048 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
8049
8050 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
8051 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
8052 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
8053 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
8054 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
8055 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
8056 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
8057 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
8058 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
8059 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
8060 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
8061 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
8062 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
8063 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
8064 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
8065 package installation time.
8066
8067 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
8068 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
8069 scripts need to create these system user/group at
8070 installation time.
8071
8072 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
8073 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
8074
8075 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
8076
8077 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
8078 available.
8079
8080 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
8081 load SMACK policies at early boot.
8082
8083 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
8084 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
8085 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
8086 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
8087 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8088 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
8089 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
8090 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
8091 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
8092 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
8093 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
8094 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8095 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
8096 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
8097
8098 CHANGES WITH 197:
8099
8100 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
8101 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
8102 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
8103 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
8104 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
8105 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
8106 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
8107 the supported calendar time specification language see
8108 systemd.time(7).
8109
8110 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
8111 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
8112 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
8113 document for details:
8114
8115 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
8116
8117 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
8118 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
8119 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8120 implementations around and minimal in its code and
8121 dependencies.
8122
8123 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
8124 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
8125 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
8126 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
8127 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
8128 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
8129 with a configure switch.
8130
8131 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
8132 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
8133 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
8134 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
8135 such as ext4.
8136
8137 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
8138 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
8139 identities are attached to the devices as well.
8140
8141 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
8142 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
8143
8144 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
8145 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
8146 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
8147 using only core OS tools.
8148
8149 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
8150 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
8151 implementation of socket activated nspawn
8152 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
8153 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
8154 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
8155 eventually.
8156
8157 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
8158 presenting log data.
8159
8160 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
8161 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8162
8163 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
8164 system on idle.
8165
8166 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
8167 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
8168 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
8169 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
8170 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
8171 information if possible.
8172
8173 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
8174 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
8175 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
8176
8177 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
8178 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
8179 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
8180 is running on battery power.
8181
8182 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
8183 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
8184 is in the "failed" state.
8185
8186 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
8187 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
8188 environment files at once.
8189
8190 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
8191 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
8192 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
8193 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
8194 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
8195 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
8196 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
8197 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
8198 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
8199 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
8200 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
8201 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
8202 pieces of code locally from the git history.
8203
8204 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
8205 log the unit name in the message meta data.
8206
8207 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
8208 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
8209
8210 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
8211 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
8212 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
8213 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
8214 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
8215 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8216 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
8217 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
8218 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
8219 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
8220 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
8221 shipped from us upstream.
8222
8223 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
8224 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
8225 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
8226 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
8227 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8228 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
8229 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
8230 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
8231 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
8232 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
8233 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
8234 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
8235 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8236
8237 CHANGES WITH 196:
8238
8239 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
8240 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
8241 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
8242 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
8243 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
8244 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
8245 becoming the one central database for non-essential
8246 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
8247 database was only attached to select devices, since the
8248 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
8249 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
8250 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
8251 data for all devices where this is available, by
8252 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
8253 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
8254 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
8255 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
8256 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
8257 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
8258
8259 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
8260 indexed database to link up additional information with
8261 journal entries. For further details please check:
8262
8263 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
8264
8265 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
8266 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
8267 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
8268 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
8269 macro for this purpose.
8270
8271 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
8272 Python logging framework.
8273
8274 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
8275 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
8276 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
8277 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
8278 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
8279 time intervals.
8280
8281 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
8282 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
8283 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
8284
8285 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
8286 right-away on the selected coredump.
8287
8288 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
8289 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
8290 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
8291
8292 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
8293 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
8294 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
8295 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
8296
8297 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
8298 default.
8299
8300 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
8301 SMACK security label.
8302
8303 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
8304 daylight saving change.
8305
8306 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
8307 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
8308 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
8309 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
8310 distributions who still need support this to either continue
8311 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
8312 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
8313
8314 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
8315 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
8316 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
8317 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
8318 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
8319 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
8320 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
8321
8322 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
8323 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
8324
8325 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
8326 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
8327 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
8328 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
8329 offline updating tools.
8330
8331 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
8332 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
8333 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
8334 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
8335 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
8336 directories for packages to place various data files in.
8337
8338 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
8339 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
8340
8341 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
8342 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
8343 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
8344 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8345 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
8346 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
8347 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
8348 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
8349 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8350
8351 CHANGES WITH 195:
8352
8353 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
8354 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
8355 units via --unit=/-u.
8356
8357 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
8358 right thing.
8359
8360 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
8361 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
8362 rotation.
8363
8364 * The journal will now index the available field values for
8365 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
8366 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
8367 completion of journalctl has been updated
8368 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
8369 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
8370
8371 * More service events are now written as structured messages
8372 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
8373
8374 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
8375 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
8376 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
8377 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
8378 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
8379 these settings from the command line now, especially since
8380 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
8381 completion.
8382
8383 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
8384 extract coredumps from the journal.
8385
8386 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
8387 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
8388 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
8389 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
8390 scratch their heads.
8391
8392 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
8393 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
8394
8395 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
8396 in immediate termination of systemd.
8397
8398 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
8399 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
8400
8401 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
8402 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
8403 mouse screen support has been added.
8404
8405 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
8406 Server-Sent-Events as output.
8407
8408 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
8409 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
8410 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
8411 "systemctl reload".
8412
8413 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
8414 -u" instead.
8415
8416 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
8417 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
8418 configured.
8419
8420 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
8421 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
8422
8423 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
8424 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
8425 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
8426 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
8427 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
8428 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
8429 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
8430
8431 CHANGES WITH 194:
8432
8433 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
8434 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
8435 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
8436 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
8437 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
8438 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
8439 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
8440 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
8441 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
8442 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
8443 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
8444 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
8445
8446 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
8447 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
8448 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8449
8450 CHANGES WITH 193:
8451
8452 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
8453 starting from the specified location in the journal.
8454
8455 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
8456 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
8457 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
8458
8459 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
8460 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
8461 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
8462 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
8463 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
8464 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
8465 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
8466
8467 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
8468 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
8469
8470 This will download the journal contents in a
8471 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
8472
8473 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
8474
8475 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
8476 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
8477 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
8478 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
8479 screenshot of this app in its current state:
8480
8481 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
8482
8483 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
8484 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
8485
8486 CHANGES WITH 192:
8487
8488 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
8489 too.
8490
8491 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
8492 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
8493 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
8494 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
8495 just start them.
8496
8497 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
8498 and line break accordingly.
8499
8500 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8501 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
8502
8503 CHANGES WITH 191:
8504
8505 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
8506 container environment, copying the host's timezone
8507 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
8508 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
8509 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
8510
8511 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
8512 will default to 10 if omitted.
8513
8514 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
8515 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
8516 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
8517 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
8518 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
8519
8520 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
8521 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
8522 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
8523 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
8524 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
8525 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
8526 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
8527
8528 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
8529 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
8530 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
8531 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
8532 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
8533 into two.
8534
8535 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
8536 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
8537
8538 CHANGES WITH 190:
8539
8540 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
8541 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
8542 "systemctl status".
8543
8544 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
8545 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8546 system to another place in the same file system could not be
8547 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
8548 field.)
8549
8550 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
8551 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
8552 default.
8553
8554 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
8555 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
8556 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
8557 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
8558 in a container.
8559
8560 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
8561 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
8562 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
8563 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
8564 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
8565 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
8566
8567 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
8568 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
8569 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
8570 no-op.
8571
8572 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
8573 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
8574 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
8575 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
8576 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
8577
8578 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
8579 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
8580
8581 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
8582 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
8583 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
8584 command.
8585
8586 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
8587 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
8588 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
8589
8590 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
8591
8592 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
8593 multiple files at once.
8594
8595 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
8596 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
8597 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
8598 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
8599 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
8600 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
8601 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
8602
8603 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
8604 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
8605 now support specifiers as well.
8606
8607 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
8608 dir: %_presetdir.
8609
8610 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
8611 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
8612
8613 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
8614 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
8615 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
8616 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
8617 anymore.
8618
8619 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
8620 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
8621 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
8622 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
8623
8624 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
8625 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
8626 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
8627
8628 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
8629 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
8630 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
8631 sockets.
8632
8633 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
8634 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
8635 is changed.
8636
8637 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
8638 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
8639 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
8640 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
8641 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
8642 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
8643 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
8644
8645 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
8646
8647 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
8648 the unit file label and client process label into account.
8649
8650 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
8651 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
8652
8653 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
8654 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
8655 (%b).
8656
8657 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
8658 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
8659 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8660 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8661 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
8662 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
8663 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8664
8665 CHANGES WITH 189:
8666
8667 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
8668 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
8669
8670 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
8671 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
8672 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
8673 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
8674 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
8675 syslog daemons again.
8676
8677 * The libudev API gained the new
8678 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
8679
8680 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
8681 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
8682 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
8683 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
8684
8685 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
8686 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
8687 container.
8688
8689 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
8690 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
8691 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
8692 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
8693 this explaining it in more detail.
8694
8695 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
8696 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
8697 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
8698 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
8699
8700 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
8701 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
8702 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
8703 journal files.
8704
8705 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
8706 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
8707 as container init process a lot more fun.
8708
8709 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
8710 entries.
8711
8712 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
8713 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
8714 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
8715 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
8716 different sets of services.
8717
8718 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
8719 failure state.
8720
8721 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
8722 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
8723 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8724
8725 CHANGES WITH 188:
8726
8727 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
8728 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
8729 tree a lot more organized.
8730
8731 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
8732 may be used to group services in a natural way.
8733
8734 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
8735 services.
8736
8737 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
8738 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
8739 filtering by log level now.
8740
8741 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
8742 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
8743 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
8744
8745 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
8746 command lines involving service unit names.
8747
8748 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
8749 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
8750
8751 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
8752 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
8753 and encodes structured information about the error number.
8754
8755 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
8756 option.
8757
8758 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
8759 a shutdown is cancelled.
8760
8761 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
8762 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
8763 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
8764 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
8765 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
8766
8767 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
8768 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
8769 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
8770 for display managers instead.
8771
8772 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
8773 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
8774 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
8775 protection, and suchlike.
8776
8777 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
8778 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
8779 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
8780 the service.
8781
8782 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
8783 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
8784 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
8785 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
8786 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
8787 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8788
8789 CHANGES WITH 187:
8790
8791 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
8792 pages.
8793
8794 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
8795 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
8796 data loss.
8797
8798 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
8799 option.
8800
8801 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
8802
8803 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
8804 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
8805
8806 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
8807 specific directory.
8808
8809 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
8810 messages of two different boots.
8811
8812 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
8813 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
8814 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
8815
8816 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
8817 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
8818 disjunctions.
8819
8820 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
8821 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
8822 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
8823
8824 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
8825 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
8826 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
8827
8828 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
8829 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
8830 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
8831 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
8832 speed things up a bit.
8833
8834 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
8835 header data of journal files.
8836
8837 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
8838 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
8839 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
8840
8841 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
8842 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
8843 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
8844 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
8845
8846 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8847
8848 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
8849 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
8850 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
8851 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8852
8853 CHANGES WITH 186:
8854
8855 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
8856 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
8857 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
8858 prefixed with rd.
8859
8860 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
8861 automatically generated at boot. Use:
8862
8863 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
8864
8865 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
8866
8867 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
8868
8869 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
8870 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
8871 as well.
8872
8873 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
8874 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
8875 in all appropriate directories automatically.
8876
8877 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
8878 does the right thing. Example:
8879
8880 udevadm info /dev/sda
8881 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
8882
8883 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
8884 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
8885 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
8886 running.
8887
8888 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
8889 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
8890
8891 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
8892 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
8893
8894 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
8895 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
8896 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
8897 files.
8898
8899 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
8900 be stopped that is not loaded.
8901
8902 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
8903
8904 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
8905
8906 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
8907 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
8908 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
8909 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
8910
8911 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
8912 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
8913 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8914 completed initialization.
8915
8916 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8917
8918 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8919 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8920 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8921 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8922 distributions.
8923
8924 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8925 always valid when services log to the journal via
8926 STDOUT/STDERR.
8927
8928 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8929 command line options we understand.
8930
8931 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8932 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8933
8934 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
8935 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8936
8937 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8938 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8939 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8940 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8941
8942 systemctl status /home
8943 systemctl status /dev/sda
8944
8945 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8946 system.conf parsing.
8947
8948 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8949 Manager object.
8950
8951 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
8952
8953 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8954
8955 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8956 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8957 complete.
8958
8959 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8960 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8961 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8962 systemd-fsck@.service.
8963
8964 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8965 Manager object.
8966
8967 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8968 work sensibly.
8969
8970 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8971 we actually understand.
8972
8973 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
8974 additional capabilities to the container.
8975
8976 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
8977 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
8978 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
8979
8980 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
8981 the current boot only.
8982
8983 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
8984 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
8985
8986 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
8987 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
8988 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
8989 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
8990 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
8991
8992 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8993
8994 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
8995 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8996 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
8997 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
8998
8999 CHANGES WITH 185:
9000
9001 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
9002 available.
9003
9004 * Several new man pages have been added.
9005
9006 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
9007 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
9008 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
9009 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
9010
9011 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
9012 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
9013
9014 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
9015 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
9016 Matthias Clasen
9017
9018 CHANGES WITH 184:
9019
9020 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
9021 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
9022
9023 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
9024 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
9025 daemon.
9026
9027 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
9028 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
9029
9030 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
9031 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
9032 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
9033 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
9034
9035 CHANGES WITH 183:
9036
9037 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
9038 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
9039 and systemd's most recent version number.
9040
9041 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
9042 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
9043 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
9044 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
9045 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
9046 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
9047
9048 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
9049 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
9050 subsystems.
9051
9052 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
9053 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
9054 used to subscribe to events.
9055
9056 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
9057 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
9058 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
9059 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
9060 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
9061 forked by udev rules.
9062
9063 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
9064 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
9065 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
9066 it.
9067
9068 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
9069 udev_monitor_from_socket()
9070 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
9071 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
9072 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
9073
9074 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9075 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
9076
9077 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
9078 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
9079 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
9080 the files to the new names on upgrade.
9081
9082 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
9083 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
9084 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
9085 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
9086 to be used as drop-in files.
9087
9088 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
9089 particular suspending and hibernating.
9090
9091 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
9092 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
9093 about this in more detail.
9094
9095 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
9096 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
9097 places). Distributions which have not converted these
9098 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
9099 from git history and add them downstream.
9100
9101 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
9102 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
9103 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
9104 units.
9105
9106 * All smaller setup units (such as
9107 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
9108 are run in a container and are skipped when
9109 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
9110 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
9111
9112 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
9113 integrated, for details see:
9114 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
9115
9116 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
9117 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
9118 messages.
9119
9120 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
9121 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
9122 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
9123 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
9124 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
9125
9126 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
9127 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
9128 for all units started by PID 1.
9129
9130 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
9131 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
9132 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
9133
9134 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
9135 of PID 1 anymore.
9136
9137 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
9138 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
9139 have not been read by systemd yet.
9140
9141 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
9142 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
9143 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
9144 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
9145 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
9146 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
9147
9148 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
9149 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
9150
9151 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
9152
9153 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
9154 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
9155 so sexy.
9156
9157 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
9158 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
9159 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
9160 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
9161 patterns.
9162
9163 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
9164 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
9165 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
9166 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
9167
9168 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
9169 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
9170
9171 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
9172 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
9173 in systemd now.
9174
9175 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
9176 ID on the command line.
9177
9178 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
9179 for an init system.
9180
9181 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
9182 vt100.
9183
9184 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
9185
9186 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
9187 components now have directories of their own.
9188
9189 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
9190
9191 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
9192 container in other hierarchies.
9193
9194 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
9195 system.conf.
9196
9197 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
9198
9199 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
9200 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
9201
9202 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
9203 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
9204
9205 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
9206 locally generated journal files.
9207
9208 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
9209
9210 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
9211
9212 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
9213 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
9214 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
9215 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
9216 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
9217 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
9218 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9219 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
9220 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9221 Gundersen
9222
9223 CHANGES WITH 44:
9224
9225 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9226
9227 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
9228 KVM or container configured UUID.
9229
9230 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
9231
9232 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
9233
9234 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
9235 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
9236
9237 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
9238
9239 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
9240 folks
9241
9242 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
9243 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
9244 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
9245
9246 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
9247 configuration
9248
9249 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
9250 free fashion
9251
9252 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
9253 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
9254 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
9255 automatically generated data.
9256
9257 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
9258 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
9259 however.
9260
9261 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
9262 tarball.
9263
9264 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
9265 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
9266 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
9267 Reding
9268
9269 CHANGES WITH 43:
9270
9271 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9272
9273 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
9274
9275 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
9276
9277 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
9278 normal user logins.
9279
9280 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
9281 Biebl
9282
9283 CHANGES WITH 42:
9284
9285 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
9286
9287 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
9288 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
9289 xsltproc.
9290
9291 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
9292 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
9293 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
9294
9295 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
9296 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
9297 reboot can automatically be triggered.
9298
9299 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
9300
9301 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
9302 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9303 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
9304
9305 CHANGES WITH 41:
9306
9307 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
9308 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
9309 package update.
9310
9311 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
9312 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
9313 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
9314
9315 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
9316 complete.
9317
9318 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
9319 understood to set system wide environment variables
9320 dynamically at boot.
9321
9322 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
9323
9324 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
9325 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
9326 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
9327 files.
9328
9329 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9330 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
9331 William Douglas
9332
9333 CHANGES WITH 40:
9334
9335 * This is mostly a bugfix release
9336
9337 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
9338 "Result" D-Bus property.
9339
9340 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
9341 the next few releases.)
9342
9343 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
9344 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
9345 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
9346 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
9347
9348 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
9349 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
9350 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
9351
9352 CHANGES WITH 39:
9353
9354 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9355 bugfixes.
9356
9357 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
9358 resource usage.
9359
9360 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
9361 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
9362 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
9363 journals by the respective users.
9364
9365 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
9366 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
9367 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
9368
9369 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
9370 client for all entries.
9371
9372 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
9373
9374 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
9375 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
9376
9377 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
9378 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
9379 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
9380 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
9381
9382 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
9383 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
9384 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
9385
9386 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
9387 journal along with meta data.
9388
9389 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
9390 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
9391 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
9392
9393 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
9394 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
9395 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
9396
9397 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
9398
9399 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
9400 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
9401 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
9402 or fsck.
9403
9404 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
9405 requested with new -k switch.
9406
9407 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9408 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
9409
9410 CHANGES WITH 38:
9411
9412 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
9413 bugfixes.
9414
9415 * The git repository moved to:
9416 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
9417 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
9418
9419 * First release with the journal
9420 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
9421
9422 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
9423 systemd-stdout-bridge.
9424
9425 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
9426
9427 * Many systemadm clean-ups
9428
9429 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
9430 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
9431 remote mounts.
9432
9433 * Added Mageia support
9434
9435 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
9436
9437 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
9438 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
9439 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
9440 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
9441 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
9442
9443 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
9444 of existing distributions.
9445
9446 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
9447 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
9448
9449 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
9450 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
9451 boot.
9452
9453 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
9454
9455 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
9456 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
9457 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
9458 among other things.
9459
9460 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
9461 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
9462
9463 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
9464
9465 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
9466 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
9467 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
9468
9469 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
9470 restored.
9471
9472 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
9473 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
9474 kmod
9475
9476 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
9477 of /usr/local by default.
9478
9479 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
9480 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
9481 in:
9482 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
9483
9484 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
9485 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
9486 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
9487 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
9488 supported anyway, and bad style).
9489
9490 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
9491 reloading of units together.
9492
9493 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
9494 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
9495 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9496 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
9497 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek